cidb contractor grading 6ce or higher … tender...6ce or higher ndwedwe local municipality ... c1.1...

CIDB CONTRACTOR GRADING 6CE OR HIGHER

Ndwedwe Local Municipality

Bid No. NDWB 04/17/18

CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTSFIELD IN WARD 10

COMPILED BY:

Hi-Tech Consulting Engineers and Project

Managers (Pty) Ltd

162 Ulu Drive

Ramsgate

4285

ON BEHALF OF


Private Bag X503

Ndwedwe

4342

Fax No

Tel N⁰:

+27 39 312 0119

+27 39 312 0119

Fax N⁰:

Tel N⁰:

+27 32 532 5032

+27 32 532 5000

Email: [email protected] Email [email protected]

Tender Closes Friday, 03 October 2017, 12h00

NAME OF TENDERER

TELEPHONE

FAX

TENDER SUM

TIME OF COMPLETION

mailto:[email protected]

CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD IN WARD 10

TENDER DOCUMENTS FOR BID No. NDWB 04/17/18

CONSTRUCTION OF SOKOMBO SPORTS FIELD

CONTENTS PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

COLOUR PAGE No.

THE TENDER

PART T1: TENDERING PROCEDURE

TP 1

T1.1. Tender Notice and Invitation To Tender

White TP 2

T1.2 Tender Data

Pink TP 3

PART T2: RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS

T2.1 List of Returnable Documents Yellow RD 1

T2.2 Returnable Schedules Yellow RD 2 to RD 31

THE CONTRACT

PART C1: AGREEMENTS AND CONTRACT DATA C 1 to C 14

C1.1 Form Offer and Acceptance Yellow C 2

C1.2 Contract Data Yellow C 5

C1.3 Form of Guarantee Yellow C 9

C1.4 Adjudicator’s Agreement Yellow C 11

C1.5 Agreement in terms of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993

Yellow C 13

PART C2: PRICING DATA PD 1 to PD 18

C2.1 Pricing Instructions Yellow PD 2

C2.2 Schedule of Quantities Yellow PD 5

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORK SW 1 to SW 112

Scope of Work Blue SW 1

PART C4: SITE INFORMATION

SI 1 to SI 3

Site Information Green SI 1

PART C5: DRAWINGS D 1 to D 2

Drawings Green D 1

BID No. NDWB 4/17/18: CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD IN WARD 10

PART T1: TENDERING PROCEDURES

Page TP 1


BID No. NDWB 04/17/18

CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELDS


Table of Contents

T1.1: Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender .......................................................................................... TP 2

T1.2: Tender Data ................................................................................................................................... TP 4



Page TP 2

T1.1: Bid Notice and Invitation to Bids


CIDB CONTRACTOR GRADING 6CE OR HIGHER


Ndwedwe Local Municipality are hereby invites Bids from the suitably qualified and experience Civil Engineering Companies for the construction of below mention projects

Project Name

Bid Number Grading Compulsory Briefing Closing dates

Construction of Sonkombo Sportsfield in ward 10

NDWB 04/17/18 6 CE or Higher 27 September 2017 at 10:00 in Ndwedwe Main Office

03 October 2017 at 12H00

Bidders are requested to download Bid documents on www.etenders.gov.za as they will be no documents available on the

day of the briefing. Bid document must be sealed in an envelope marked with the relevant: “Project Name and Bid Number”, and must be deposited in the bid box situated at the reception area: Ndwedwe Municipal offices, Lot 47-48, Road P100, Ndwedwe, where bids will be opened in public. The Ndwedwe Municipality subscribes to the Preferential Procurement Framework Act, Act 5 of 2000, new 80/20 preference points system will apply in terms of the Preferential Procurement Regulation 2017 (B-BBEE Status Level of Contribution) - an

original or certified copy of the certificate is required). In case of EME’s bidder may submit an original SWORN Affidavit signed by a commissioner of oaths to claim Preference Points.

Bids shall be valid for a period of 120 days. The Ndwedwe Local Municipality does not bind itself to accepting the lowest, or any bid, either wholly or in part or give any reason for such action, BIDDERS SHALL BE REGISTERED ON CENTRAL SUPPLIER

DATABASE (CSD).

Late bids or bids received by way of post, facsimile or e-mail will, under no circumstances, be considered. Only bidders registered with Central Supplier Database will be considered. Enquiries regarding this notice may be directed as follows:

http://www.etenders.gov.za/



Page TP 3

Technical Enquiries : Mr Thabani Fakude - 032 532 5114 SCM Enquiries Ms Mati Nkabinde - 032 532 5019 __________________________ MR TP CELE MUNICIPAL MANAGER



Page TP 4

Part T1: Tendering Procedures

T1.2: Tender Data

The Conditions Of Tender are the Standard Conditions of Tender as contained in Annex F of the September The legislated Standard Conditions of Tender as published in Board Notice 62 of 2004 in Government Gazette 2647 of 9 June 2004 and amended by: 1. Board Notice 67 of 2005 in Government Gazette No 27831 of 22 July 2005; 2. Board Notice 99 of 2005 in Government Gazette No 28127 of 14 October 2005; 3. Board Notice 93 of 2006 in Government Gazette No 29138 of 18 August 2006; 4. Board Notice 8 of 2008 in Government Gazette No 30692 of 1 February 2008; and 5. Board Notice 12 of 2009 in Government Gazette No. 31823 of 30 January 2009. 6. Board Notice 86 of 2010 in Government Gazette No. 33239 of May 2010.

are for ease of reference included herein in their entirety. In case of any discrepancies, the gazetted version takes precedence.

The standard conditions of tender are included separately after the Tender Data Each item of data given below is cross-referenced to the Clause in the Standard Conditions of Tender to which it mainly applies.

Clause Number

Description

F.1.1 The Employer is Ndwedwe Municipality

F.1.2 The tender documents issued by the employer comprise: T1.1 Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender T1.2 Tender Data T2.1 List of Returnable Documents T2.2 Returnable Schedules Part 1: Agreements And Contract Data C1.1 Form of offer and acceptance C1.2 Contract data C1.3 Form of Guarantee C1.4 Adjudicator’s Contract Part 2: Pricing data C2.1 Pricing instructions C2.2 Activity schedules / Bills of Quantities Part 3: Scope of work C3 Scope of work Part 4:Site information C4 Site information Part 5: Drawings



Page TP 5


Clause No.

Description

F.1.4 The Employer’s Agent’s (also referred to as the Engineer) details are as follows:

Name: Hi-Tech Consulting Engineers and Project Managers (Pty) Ltd

Address: 162 Ulu Drive Ramsgate 3201.

Tel N⁰: +27 39 312 0119

Fax N⁰: Contact Person

+27 39 312 0119 Bongani Sibanda

Email:

[email protected]

F.2.1 The following tenders who are registered with the CIDB, or are capable of being so registered prior to the evaluation of submissions, are eligible to submit tenders. a) contractors who have a contractor grading designation equal to or higher than a contractor grading

designation determined in accordance with the sum tendered for a 6CE class of construction work; and

b) Joint ventures are eligible to submit tenders provided that: 1. Every member of the joint venture is registered with the CIDB; 2. the lead partner has a contractor grading designation in the CE class of work 3. The combined contractor grading designation calculated in accordance with the Construction

Industry Board Regulations is equal to or higher than a contractor grading designation determined in accordance with the sum tendered for 6CE class of construction or a value determined in accordance Regulation 25 (1B) or 25(7A) of the Construction Industry Development Regulations.

F2.7 The arrangements for a compulsory briefing meeting are:

Location Meeting at Ndwedwe Municipality Main Offices

Date 27, September 2017

Starting Time 10:00am

Tenderers must sign the Attendance Register in the name of the tendering entity. Addenda will be issued to and tenders will be received only from those tendering entities appearing on the Attendance Register.

mailto:[email protected]



Page TP 6


F2.12 If a tenderer wishes to submit an alternative offer, the only criteria permitted for such alternative tender offer is that it demonstrably satisfies the Employer’s standards and requirements, the details of which may be obtained from the Employer’s Agent. Calculations, drawings and all other pertinent technical information and characteristics as well as modified or proposed Pricing Data must be submitted with the alternative tender offer to enable the Employer to evaluate the efficacy of the alternative and its principal elements, to take a view on the degree to which the alternative complies with the Employer’s standards and requirements and to evaluate the acceptability of the pricing proposals. Calculations must be set out in a clear and logical sequence and must clearly reflect all design assumptions in the development of the pricing proposal. Acceptance of an alternative tender offer will mean acceptance in principle of the offer. It will be an obligation of the contract for the tenderer, in the event that the alternative is accepted, to accept the full responsibility and liability that the alternative offer complies in all respects with the Employer’s standards and requirements The modified Pricing Data must include an amount equal to 5% of the amount tendered for the alternative offer to cover the Employer’s costs of confirming the acceptability of the detailed design before it is constructed.

F.2.13.5 F2.15.1

The employer’s address for delivery of tender offers and identification details to be shown on each tender offer package are as follows:

Location of Tender Box: Foyer of Ndwedwe Municipality Main Offices

Physical Address: P100 Road, Ndwedwe

Tender Documents Endorsed: Bid No. NDWB 04/17/18

F.2.13 F.3.5

A two-envelope procedure will not be followed.

F.2.15 The closing time for submission of tender offers is 12h00 on 03 October 2017.

F.2.15 Telephonic, telegraphic, telex, facsimile or e-mailed tender offers will not be acceptable.

F.2.16 The tender offer validity period is 56 days from the tender closing date

F.2.23 The tenderer is required to submit with his tender: 1) either a copy of the Certificate of Contractor Registration issued by the Construction Industry

Development Board or a computer printout confirming the registration of the tenderer. The tenderer has the responsibility to ensure that his/her details are reflected correctly on the CIDB Website, which may be used for confirmation.

2) Copies of company registration documents. 3) An original valid Tax Clearance issued by the South African Revenue Services. 4) Copies of ID documents of Shareholders/Members/Directors of the business enterprises. 5) The BBBEE compliance certificate issued by an accredited Institution 6) Skills Development Levy Certificate 7) Unemployment Insurance Fund Certificates 8) Workman’s Compensation Registration Certificate (or Proof of Payment of contributions in terms of

the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act No. 130 of 1993

F.3.4 The time and location for opening of the tender offers are:

Time: 12h00

Date: 03 October 2017

Location: Tender Box, Ndwedwe Municipality Offices, P100 Road, Ndwedwe.



Page TP 7


F.3.11 The procedure for the evaluation of responsive tenders is Method 4 with the 90/10 Preference Point System. Tenderers will be scored for quality first and only those tenders that meet the specified minimum total score for quality will be considered further. These tenders will then be evaluated on the basis of the 90/10 Preference Points System.

Method 4: Financial Offer, Quality and Preferences

(a) Quality The score for quality is to be calculated using the following formula:

Wq=W2xSo/Ms

where: W2 = is the percentage score given to quality and equals 100 So = is the score for quality allocated to the submission under consideration Ms = is the maximum possible score for quality in respect to the submission 50 The quality will comprise scores for the following based on criteria indicated in the respective tender returnables as follows:

Key Aspect Criterion

Basis for points allocation Score Maximum Points

Verification Method

Experience of Bidder

Five completed projects with similar scope of works and value (i.e sport fields) in the last 5 years

Very Good

10

Appointment Letter, Completion Certificates, Traceable references and contact details

Three completed projects with similar scope of works and value (i.e sports field) in the last 5 years

Good 7

Two completed projects with similar scope of work and value (i.e sports field) in the last 5 years

Fair 5

Two civil projects completed and not of similar scope and value

Poor 2

No response Dismal 0

Qualifications (Foreman and Site Agent)

NQF 5 Good 10 Certified copy of qualification to be attached

NQF 4 Fair 5

Less than NQF 4 Poor 1


Experience of Site Agent

7 or more years’ experience in sports fields projects

Good 10

Curriculum Vitae to be attached with traceable references

5 years’ experience in sports field projects

Fair 5

Less than 2 years experience in sports fields projects

Poor 2


Financial Capacity

Undoubted for the amount of your enquiry

A 10 Rating by bank where account is held

Good for tender B 9

Good for the amount of tender enquiry, if strictly in the way of business

C 6

Fair trade risk for the amount of enquiry D 5



Page TP 8


Tender amount considered too high E 4

Financial position unknown F 0

Time for Completion

The score for the time of completion are scored using the following formula Nt = T1 x [1-(T-Tm)/Tm Nt – Numerical value for points scored (maximum 10) T1 – 10, being maximum points scored for time of completion Tm – Average completion time of all responsive tenders T – Completion time of the comparative offer under consideration

Max 10

Tenderer to state time for completion in Section C: Contract Data

NB: Tenderers are required to submit supporting documents to score full point Quality shall be scored independently by not less than three evaluators in accordance with the following schedule: Evaluation Schedule: Experience of the Bidder Evaluation Schedule: Qualifications of Foreman and Site Agent Evaluation Schedule: Experience of the Site Agent Evaluation Schedule: Financial Capacity Evaluation Schedule: Time for Completion Tenderers that score less than 60% of the total score allowed for quality will NOT be considered further. (b) Financial Offer

The financial offer will be scored using the following formula

Nf = W1 x [1-(P-Pm) / Pm

where: W1 = 80 for financial values up to R1 000 000 (inclusive of VAT) of all responsive tenders received, and 90

for financial values over R1 000 000; Pm = the value of the comparative offer of the most favorable tender; P = the value of the comparative offer under consideration (c) Preferences Up to 20 points (for financial values up to R1 000 000) or 10 points (for financial values over R1 000 000) will be awarded to tenderers who are found to be eligible for the preference claimed. Points will be awarded to Tenderers for attaining the BBBEE status level of contribution as per the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000: Preferential Procurement Regulations, 2011 as detailed below.



Page TP 9


BBBEE Status Level Contributor Number of Points (90/10 Principle)

Number of Points (80/20 Principle)

1 10 20

2 9 18

3 8 16

4 6 12

5 4 8

6 3 6

7 2 4

8 1 2

Non-Compliant Contributor 0 0

F.3.13.1 Tender offers will only be accepted if: a) the tenderer has in his or her possession an original valid Tax Clearance Certificate issued by the

South African Revenue Services or has made arrangements to meet outstanding tax obligations b) the tenderer is registered with the Construction Industry Development Board in an appropriate

contractor grading designation, by tender closing date; c) the tenderer is not in arrears for more than 3 months with the municipal rates and taxes and

municipal services charges; d) the tenderer or any of its directors is not listed on the Register of Tender Defaulters in terms of the

Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act of 2004 as a person prohibited form doing business with the public sector;

e) the tender has not i) abused the Employer’s Supply Chain Management System; or ii) failed to perform on any previous contract and has been given a written notice to this effect;

and f) has completed the Compulsory Enterprise Questionnaires and there are no conflicts of interest

which may impact on the tenderer’s ability to perform the contract in the best interest of the employer or potentially compromise the tender process.

g) the Tenderer or a competent authorized representative of the Contractor who submitted the tender has attended the compulsory clarification meeting and/or site inspection, as specified;

h) the tender offer is signed by a person authorized to sign on behalf of the Tenderer; i) a Tenderer who submitted a tender as a Joint Venture has included an acceptable Joint Venture

Agreement with his tender. j) the tenderer has completed the schedule of quantities in full. Items against which no price is

entered are to be considered as incomplete and invalidate the tender. Items against which N/A, left blank or – (dash) is entered are to be considered as incomplete and will also invalidate the tender. Items against which Nil or zero (0) is entered are to be considered to be fully priced and the tenderer will provide the items in questions as specified at zero (0) or Nil price.

k) A Tenderer HAS NOT grouped a number of items together and provided one tender sum for such group of items.

F.3.18 The number of paper copies of the signed contract to be provided by the Employer is one original plus one original duplicate.

The additional conditions of tender are as follows:

1. The BBBEE Certificate from an accredited organisation will be used to award preference points.



Page TP 10


APPENDIX: STANDARD CONDITIONS OF TENDER

(These Standard Conditions of Tender have been reproduced, without any changes, from Appendix F of the CIDB Standardized Construction Procurement Documentation for Engineering Construction Works (May 2010) F.1 General F.1.1 Actions F1.1.1. The employer and each tenderer submitting a tender offer shall comply with these conditions of tender. In their

dealings with each other, they shall discharge their duties and obligations as set out in F.2 and F.3, timeously and with integrity, and behave equitably, honestly and transparently, comply with all legal obligations and not engage in anticompetitive practices.

F1.1.2. The employer and the tenderer and all their agents and employees involved in the tender process shall avoid

conflicts of interest and where a conflict of interest is perceived or known, declare any such interest in their tender submissions. Employees, agents and advisors of the employer shall declare any conflict of interest to whoever is responsible for overseeing the procurement process at the start of any deliberations relating to the procurement process or as soon as they become aware of such conflict, and abstain from any decisions where such conflict exists or recuse themselves from the procurement process, as appropriate.

Note 1) A conflict of interest may arise due to a conflict of roles which might provide an incentive for improper

acts in some circumstances. A conflict of interest can create an appearance of impropriety that can undermine confidence in the ability of the person to act properly in his or her position even if no improper acts result.

2) Conflicts of interest in respect of those engaged in the procurement process include direct, indirect or family interests in the tender or outcome of the procurement process and any personal bias, inclination, obligation, allegiance or loyalty which would in any way affect any decision taken.

F.1.1.3 The employer shall not seek and a tenderer shall not submit a tender without having a firm intention and the capacity to proceed with the contract.

F.1.2 Tender Documents

The documents issued by the employer for the purpose of a tender offer are listed in the tender data. F.1.3 Interpretation F.1.3.1 The tender data and additional requirements contained in the tender schedules that are included in the returnable

documents are deemed to be part of these conditions of tender. F.1.3.2 These conditions of tender, the tender data and tender schedules which are only required for tender evaluation

purposes, shall not form part of any contract arising from the invitation to tender. F.1.3.3 For the purposes of these conditions for the calling for expressions of interest, the following definitions apply:

(a) conflict of interest means any situation in which i) someone in a position of trust has competing professional or personal interest which make it difficult to

fulfil his or her duties impartially;



Page TP 11


ii) an individual or organisation is in a position to exploit a professional or official capacity in some way for their personal or corporate benefit; or

iii) incompatibility or contradictory interests exist between an employee and the organisation which employs

that employee.

(b) comparative offer means the tenderer’s financial offer after the factors of non-firm prices, all unconditional discounts and any other tendered parameters that will affect the value of the financial offer have been taken into consideration

(c) corrupt practice means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of the employer or his staff or agents in the tender process; and

(d) fraudulent practice means the misrepresentation of the facts in order to influence the tender process or the award of a contract arising from a tender offer to the detriment of the employer, including collusive practices intended to establish prices at artificial levels

(e) Organisation means a company, firm, enterprise, association or other legal entity, whether incorporated or not, or a public body

(f) Quality (functionality) means the totality of features and characteristics of a product or service that bear on its ability to satisfy stated or implied needs.

F.1.4 Communication and employer’s agent

Each communication between the employer and a tenderer shall be to or from the employer's agent only, and in a form that can be read, copied and recorded. Writing shall be in the English language. The employer shall not take any responsibility for non-receipt of communications from or by a tenderer. The name and contact details of the employer’s agent are stated in the tender data.

F.1.5 The employer’s right to accept or reject any tender offer F.1.5.1 The employer may accept or reject any variation, deviation, tender offer, or alternative tender offer, and may cancel

the tender process and reject all tender offers at any time before the formation of a contract. The employer shall not accept or incur any liability to a tenderer for such cancellation and rejection, but will give reasons for such action upon written request to do so.

F.1.5.2 The employer may not subsequent to the cancellation or abandonment of a tender process or the rejection of all

tender offers re-issue a tender covering substantially the same scope of work within a period of six months unless only one tender was received and such tender was returned unopened to the tenderer.

F.1.6 Procurement Procedures F.1.6.1 General

Unless otherwise stated in the tender data, a contract will, subject F.3.13, be concluded with the tenderer who in terms of F.3.11 is the highest ranked or the tenderer scoring the highest number of tender evaluation points, as relevant, based on the tender submissions that are received at the closing time for tenders.

F.1.6.2 Competitive Negotiation Procedure F.1.6.2.1 Where the tender data require that the competitive negotiation procedure is to be followed, tenderers shall

submit tender offers in response to the proposed contract in the first round of submissions. Notwithstanding the requirements of F.3.4 , the Employer shall announce only the names of the tenderers



Page TP 12


who make a submission. The requirements of F.3.8 relating to the material deviations or qualifications which affect the competitive positions of tenderers shall not apply.

F.1.6.2.2 All responsive tenderers, or not less than three responsive tenderers that are highest ranked in terms of

the evaluation method and evaluation criteria stated in the data, shall be invited in each round to enter the competitive negotiations, based on the principle of equal treatment and keeping confidential the proposed solutions and associated information. Notwithstanding the provisions of F.2.17, the Employer may request that tenders be clarified, specified and fine-tuned in order to improve a tenderer’s competitive position ptovided that such clarification, specification, fine-tuning and additional information does not alter any fundamental aspects of the offers or impose substantial new requirements which restrict or distort competition or have a discriminatory effect.

F.1.6.2.3 At the conclusion of each round of negotiations, tenderers shall be invited by the Employer to make a

fresh tender offer, based on the same evaluation criteria, with or without adjusted weightings. Tenderers shall be advised when they are to submit their best and final offer.

F.1.6.2.4 The contract shall be awarded in accordance with the provisions of F.3.11 and F.3.13 after tenderers have

been requested to submit their best and final offer. F.1.6.3 Proposal Procedure using two stage system F.1.6.3.1 Option 1

Tenderers shall in the first stage submit technical proposals and, if required, cost parameters around which a contract may be negotiated. The Employer shall evaluate each responsive submission in terms of the method of evaluation stated in the tender data, and in the second stage negotiate a contract with the tenderer scoring the highest number of evaluation points and award the contract n terms of these conditions of tender.

F.1.6.3.2 Option 2 F.1.6.3.2.1 Tenderers shall submit in the first stage only technical proposals. The Employer shall invite all responsive

tenderers to submit tender offers in the second stage, following the issuing of procurement documents. F.1.6.3.2.2. The Employer shall evaluate tenders received during the second stage in terms of the method of

evaluation stated in the tender data, and award the contract in terms of these conditions of tender. F.2 Tenderer’s obligations F.2.1 Eligibility F.2.1.1 Submit a tender offer only if the tenderer complies with the criteria stated in the tender data and the tenderer, or any

of his principals, is not under any restriction to do business with employer. F.2.1.2 Notify the Employer of any proposed material change in the capabilies or formation of the tendering entity (or both)

or any other criteria which formed part of the qualifying requirements used by the Employer as the basis in a prior process to invite the tenderer to submit a tender offer and obtain the Employer’s written approval prior to do so prior to the closing time of tenders.

F.2.2 Cost of tendering

Accept that the employer will not compensate the tenderer for any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a tender offer, including the costs of any testing necessary to demonstrate that aspects of the offer satisfy requirements.



Page TP 13


F.2.3 Check documents

Check the tender documents on receipt for completeness and notify the employer of any discrepancy or omission.

F.2.4 Confidentiality and copyright of documents

Treat as confidential all matters arising in connection with the tender. Use and copy the documents issued by the employer only for the purpose of preparing and submitting a tender offer in response to the invitation.

F.2.5 Reference documents

Obtain, as necessary for submitting a tender offer, copies of the latest versions of standards, specifications, conditions of contract and other publications, which are not attached but which are incorporated into the tender documents by reference.

F.2.6 Acknowledge addenda

Acknowledge receipt of addenda to the tender documents, which the employer may issue, and if necessary apply for an extension to the closing time stated in the tender data, in order to take the addenda into account.

F.2.7 Site visit and clarification meeting

Attend, where required, a site visit and clarification meeting at which tenderers may familiarize themselves with aspects of the proposed work, services or supply and raise questions. Details of the meeting(s) are stated in the tender data.

F.2.8 Seek clarification

Request clarification of the tender documents, if necessary, by notifying the employer at least five working days before the closing time stated in the tender data.

F.2.9 Insurance

Be aware that the extent of insurance to be provided by the employer (if any) may not be for the full cover required in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the contract data. The tenderer is advised to seek qualified advice regarding insurance.

F.2.10 Pricing the tender offer F.2.10.1 Include in the rates, prices, and the tendered total of the prices (if any) all duties, taxes (except Value

Added Tax (VAT), and other levies payable by the successful tenderer, such duties, taxes and levies being those applicable 14 days before the closing time stated in the tender data.

F2.10.2 Show VAT payable by the employer separately as an addition to the tendered total of the prices. F.2.10.3 Provide rates and prices that are fixed for the duration of the contract and not subject to adjustment except

as provided for in the conditions of contract identified in the contract data. F.2.10.4 State the rates and prices in Rand unless instructed otherwise in the tender data. The conditions of

contract identified in the contract data may provide for part payment in other currencies. F.2.11 Alterations to documents



Page TP 14


Not make any alterations or additions to the tender documents, except to comply with instructions issued by the employer, or necessary to correct errors made by the tenderer. All signatories to the tender offer shall initial all such alterations. Erasures and the use of masking fluid are prohibited.

F.2.12 Alternative tender offers F.2.12.1 Unless otherwise stated in the tender data, submit alternative tender offers only if a main tender offer,

strictly in accordance with all the requirements of the tender documents, is also submitted. The alternative tender offer is to be submitted with the main tender offer together with a schedule that compares the requirements of the tender documents with the alternative requirements the tenderer proposes.

F.2.12.2 Accept that an alternative tender offer may be based only on the criteria stated in the tender data or

criteria otherwise acceptable to the employer. F.2.13 Submitting a tender offer F.2.13.1 Submit one tender offer only, either as a single tendering entity or as a member in joint venture, to provide

the whole of the works, services or supply identified in the contract data, unless stated otherwise in the tender data.

F.2.13.2 Return all returnable documents to the employer after completing them in their entirety, either

electronically (if they were issued in electronic format) or by writing in black ink. F.2.13.3 Submit the parts of the tender offer communicated on paper as an original plus the number of copies

stated in the tender data, with an English translation of any documentation in a language other than English, and the parts communicated electronically in the same format as they were issued by the employer.

F.2.13.4 Sign the original and all copies of the tender offer where required in terms of the tender data. The

employer will hold all authorized signatories liable on behalf of the tenderer. Signatories for tenderers proposing to contract as joint ventures shall state which of the signatories is the lead partner whom the employer shall hold liable for the purpose of the tender offer.

F.2.13.5 Seal the original and each copy of the tender offer as separate packages marking the packages as

"ORIGINAL" and "COPY". Each package shall state on the outside the employer's address and identification details stated in the tender data, as well as the tenderer's name and contact address.

F.2.13.6 Where a two-envelope system is required in terms of the tender data, place and seal the returnable

documents listed in the tender data in an envelope marked “financial proposal” and place the remaining returnable documents in an envelope marked “technical proposal”. Each envelope shall state on the outside the employer’s address and identification details stated in the tender data, as well as the tenderer's name and contact address.

F.2.13.7 Seal the original tender offer and copy packages together in an outer package that states on the outside

only the employer's address and identification details as stated in the tender data. F.2.13.8 Accept that the employer shall not assume any responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening

of the tender offer if the outer package is not sealed and marked as stated. F.2.13.9 Accept that tender offers submitted by facsimile or email will be rejected by the Employer, unless stated

otherwise in the tender data. F.2.14 Information and data to be completed in all respects



Page TP 15


Accept that tender offers, which do not provide all the data or information requested completely and in the form required, may be regarded by the employer as non-responsive.

F.2.15 Closing time F.2.15.1 Ensure that the employer receives the tender offer at the address specified in the tender data not later

than the closing time stated in the tender data. Proof of posting shall not be accepted as proof of delivery. The employer shall not accept tender offers submitted by telegraph, telex, facsimile or e-mail, unless stated otherwise in the tender data.

F.2.15.2 Accept that, if the employer extends the closing time stated in the tender data for any reason, the

requirements of these conditions of tender apply equally to the extended deadline. F.2.16 Tender offer validity F.2.16.1 Hold the tender offer(s) valid for acceptance by the employer at any time during the validity period stated

in the tender data after the closing time stated in the tender data. F.2.16.2 If requested by the employer, consider extending the validity period stated in the tender data for an agreed

additional period. F.2.16.3 Accept that a tender submission that has been submitted to the employer may only be withdrawn or

substituted by giving the employer's agent written notice before the closing time for tenders that a tender is to be withdrawn or substituted.

F.2.16.4 Where a tender submission is to be substituted, submit a substitute tender in accordance with the

requirements of F.2.13 with the packages clearly marked as "SUBSTITUTE". F.2.17 Clarification of tender offer after submission

Provide clarification of a tender offer in response to a request to do so from the employer during the evaluation of tender offers. This may include providing a breakdown of rates or prices and correction of arithmetical errors by the adjustment of certain rates or item prices (or both). No change in the competitive position of tenderers or substance of the tender offer is sought, offered or permitted.

F.2.18 Provide other material F.2.18.1 Provide, on request by the employer, any other material that has a bearing on the tender offer, the

tenderer’s commercial position (including notarized joint venture agreements), preferencing arrangements, or samples of materials, considered necessary by the employer for the purpose of a full and fair risk assessment. Should the tenderer not provide the material, or a satisfactory reason as to why it cannot be provided, by the time for submission stated in the employer’s request, the employer may regard the tender offer as non-responsive.

F.2.18.2 Dispose of samples of materials provided for evaluation by the employer, where required. F.2.19 Inspections, tests and analysis

Provide access during working hours to premises for inspections, tests and analysis as provided for in the tender data.

F.2.20 Submit securities, bonds, policies, etc.



Page TP 16


If requested, submit for the employer’s acceptance before formation of the contract, all securities, bonds, guarantees, policies and certificates of insurance required in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the contract data.

F.2.21 Check final draft

Check the final draft of the contract provided by the employer within the time available for the employer to issue the contract.

F.2.22 Return of other tender documents

If so instructed by the employer, return all retained tender documents within 28 days after the expiry of the validity period stated in the tender data.

F.2.23 Certificates

Include in the tender submission or provide the employer with any certificates as stated in the tender data. F.3 The employer’s undertakings F.3.1 Respond to requests from the tenderer F.3.1.1 Respond to a request for clarification received up to five working days prior to the tender closing time stated in the

Tender Data and notify all tenderers who drew procurement documents. F.3.1.2 Consider any request to make material change in the capabilities or formation of the tendering entity (or both) or

any other criteria which formed part of the qualifying requirements used to prequalify a tenderer to submit a tender offer in terms of a previous procurement process and deny any such request if as a consequence:

a) An individual firm, or joint venture as a whole, or any individual member of the joint venture fails to meet any of

the collective or individual qualifying requirements. b) The new partners to a joint venture were not prequalified in the first instance, either as individual firms or as

another joint venture; or c) In the opinion of the Employer, acceptance of the material change would compromise the prequalification

process. F.3.2 Issue Addenda

If necessary, issue addenda that may amend or amplify the tender documents to each tenderer during the period from the date of the Tender Notice until seven days before the tender closing time stated in the Tender Data. If, as a result a tenderer applies for an extension to the closing time stated in the Tender Data, the Employer may grant such extension and, will then notify it to all tenderers who drew documents.



Page TP 17


F.3.3 Return late tender offers

Return tender offers received after the closing time stated in the Tender Data, unopened, (unless it is necessary to open a tender submission to obtain a forwarding address), to the tenderer concerned.

F.3.4 Opening of tender submissions F.3.4.1 Unless the two-envelope system is to be followed, open valid tender submissions in the presence of tenderers’

agents who choose to attend at the time and place stated in the tender data. Tender submissions for which acceptable reasons for withdrawal have been submitted will not be opened.

F.3.4.2 Announce at the opening held immediately after the opening of tender submissions, at a venue indicated in the

tender data, the name of each tenderer whose tender offer is opened, the total of his prices, preferences claimed and time for completion, if any, for the main tender offer only.

F.3.4.3 Make available the record outlined in F.3.4.2 to all interested persons upon request. F.3.5 Two-envelope system F.3.5.1 Where stated in the tender data that a two-envelope system is to be followed, open only the technical proposal of

valid tenders in the presence of tenderers’ agents who choose to attend at the time and place stated in the tender data and announce the name of each tenderer whose technical proposal is opened.

F.3.5.2 Evaluate the quality of the technical proposals offered by tenderers, then advise tenderers who remain in

contention for the award of the contract of the time and place when the financial proposals will be opened. Open only the financial proposals of tenderers, who score in the quality evaluation above the minimum number of points for quality stated in the tender data, and announce the score obtained for the technical proposals and the total price and any preferences claimed. Return unopened financial proposals to tenderers whose technical proposals failed to achieve the minimum number of points for quality.

F.3.6 Non-disclosure

Not disclose to tenderers, or to any other person not officially concerned with such processes, information relating to the evaluation and comparison of tender offers, the final evaluation price and recommendations for the award of a contract, until after the award of the contract to the successful tenderer.

F.3.7 Grounds for rejection and disqualification

Determine whether there has been any effort by a tenderer to influence the processing of tender offers and instantly disqualify a tenderer (and his tender offer) if it is established that he engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices.

F.3.8 Test for responsiveness F.3.8.1 Determine, on opening and before detailed evaluation, whether each tender offer properly received:

(a) meets the requirements of these Conditions of Tender, (b) has been properly and fully completed and signed, and (c) is responsive to the other requirements of the tender documents.

F.3.8.2 A responsive tender is one that conforms to all the terms, conditions, and specifications of the tender documents

without material deviation or qualification. A material deviation or qualification is one which, in the Employer's opinion, would:



Page TP 18


• detrimentally affect the scope, quality, or performance of the works, services or supply identified in the Scope of Work,

• change the Employer's or the tenderer's risks and responsibilities under the contract, or

• affect the competitive position of other tenderers presenting responsive tenders, if it were to be rectified.

Reject a non-responsive tender offer, and not allow it to be subsequently made responsive by correction or withdrawal of the non-conforming deviation or reservation.

F.3.9 Arithmetical errors F.3.9.1 Check responsive tender offers for arithmetical errors between amounts in words and amounts in figures.

Where there is a discrepancy between the amounts in figures and in words, the amount in words shall govern.

F.3.9.2 Check the highest ranked tender or tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points after the

evaluation of tenders in accordance with F.3.11 for :

a) The gross misplacement of the decimal point in the unit rate, b) Omissions made in completing the pricing schedule or bills of quantities or c) Arithmetic errors in

• Line item totals resulting from the product of unit rate and a quantity in bills of quantities or schedule of prices; or

• The summation of the prices. F3.9.2 Notify the tenderers of all errors or omissions that are identified in the tender offer and invite the tenderer to either

confirm the tender offer as tendered or accept the corrected total of prices. F.3.9.3 Where the tenderer elects to confirm the tender offer as tendered, correct the errors as follows:

a) If bills of quantities or pricing schedules apply and there is an error in the line item total resulting from the product of the unit rate and the quantity, the line item total as quoted shall govern, and the unit rate will be corrected. Where there is an obviously gross misplacement of the decimal point in the unit rate, the line item total as quoted shall govern and the unit rate shall be corrected.

b) Where there is an error in the total of the prices either as a result of other corrections required by this checking process or in the tenderer's addition of prices, the total of the prices shall govern and the tenderer will be asked to revise selected item prices (and their rates if a bill of quantities applies) to achieve the tendered total of the prices.

Consider the rejection of a tender offer if the tenderer does not correct or accept the correction of his arithmetical errors in the manner described above.

F.3.10 Clarification of a tender offer

Obtain clarification from a tenderer on any matter that could give rise to ambiguity in a contract arising from the tender offer.



Page TP 19


F.3.11 Evaluation of tender offers F3.11.1 General

Appoint an evaluation panel of not less than three persons. Reduce each responsive tender offer to a comparative offer and evaluate it using the tender evaluation methods and associated evaluation criteria and weightings that are specified in the Tender Data.

F.3.11.2 Method 1: Financial offer

In the case of a financial offer:

a) Rank tender offers from the most favourable to the least favourable comparative offer. b) Recommend the highest ranked tenderer for the award of the contract, unless there are compelling

and justifiable reasons not to do so. c) Re-rank all tenderers should there be compelling and justifiable reasons not to recommend the

highest ranked tenderer and recommend the highest ranked tenderer, unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this subclause is repeated.

F.3.11.3 Methods 2: Financial offer and preference

In the case of a financial offer and preferences:

a) Score each tender in respect of the financial offer made and preferences claimed, if any, in accordance with the provisions of F.3.11.7 and F.3.11.8.

b) Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points (TEV) in accordance with the following formula: TEV = NFO + NP where: NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer made in

accordance with F.3.11.7; NP is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for preferences claimed in accordance with F.3.11.8.

c) Rank tender offers from the highest number of tender evaluation points to the lowest. d) Recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points for the award of the

contract, unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so. e) Rescore and re-rank all tenderers should there be compelling and justifiable reasons not to

recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points, and recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points, unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this subclause is repeated.

F.3.11.4 Method 3: Financial offer and quality

In the case of a financial offer and quality:

a) Score each tender in respect of the financial offer made and the quality offered in accordance with the provisions of F.3.11.7 and F.3.11.9, rejecting all tender offers that fail to score the minimum number of points for quality stated in the tender data, if any.

b) Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points (TEV) in accordance with the following formula:

TEV = NFO + NQ



Page TP 20


where: NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer made in accordance with F.3.11.7; NQ is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for quality offered in accordance with F.3.11.9.

c) Rank tender offers from the highest number of tender evaluation points to the lowest. d) Recommend tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points for the award of the


recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points and recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points, unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this subclause is repeated.

F.3.11.5 Method 4: Financial offer, quality and preferences

In the case of a financial offer, quality and preferences:

a) Score each tender in respect of the financial offer made, preference claimed, if any, and the quality offered in accordance with the provisions of F.3.11.7 to F.3.11.9, rejecting all tender offers that fail to score the minimum number of points for quality stated in the tender data, if any.

b) Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points (TEV) in accordance with the following formula: TEV = NFO + NP + NQ where: NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer made in

accordance with F.3.11.7; NP is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for preferences claimed in accordance with F.3.11.8. NQ is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for quality offered in accordance with F.3.11.9.

c) Rank tender offers from the highest number of tender evaluation points to the lowest. d) Recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points for the award of the


recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points and recommend the tenderer with the highest number of tender evaluation points, unless there are compelling and justifiable reasons not to do so and the process set out in this subclause is repeated.

F.3.11.6 Decimal Places

Score financial offers, preferences and quality, as relevant, to two decimal places. F.3.11.7 Scoring Financial Offers

Score the financial offers of remaining responsive tender offers using the following formula: NFO = W1 x A where: NFO = the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer. W1 = the maximum possible number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer as

stated in the Tender Data. A = a number calculated using either formulas 1 or 2 below as stated in the Tender Data.



Page TP 21


Formula Basis for comparison Option 1 Option 2

1 Highest price or discount )

m

)m((1

P

PP P/Pm

2 Lowest price or percentage commission/fee )m

)m((1

P

PP Pm/P

where: Pm = the comparative offer of the most favourable tender offer. P = the comparative offer of tender offer under consideration.

F.3.11.8 Scoring Preferences

Confirm that tenderers are eligible for the preferences claimed in accordance with the provisions of the tender data and reject all claims for preferences where tenderers are not eligible for such preferences.

Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points for preferences claimed in accordance with the provisions of the tender data.

F.3.11.9 Scoring quality (functionality)

Score each of the criteria and subcriteria for quality in accordance with the provisions of the Tender Data. Calculate the total number of tender evaluation points for quality using the formula: No=W2xSo/Ms

Where So is the score for quality allocated to the submission under consideration Ms is the maximum possible score for quality in respect of a submission; and W2 is the maximum possible number of tender evaluation points awarded for the quality as stated in the

tender data F.3.12 Insurance provided by the employer

If requested by the proposed successful tenderer, submit for the tenderer's information the policies and / or certificates of insurance, which the conditions of contract identified in the contract data, require the employer to provide.

F.3.13 Acceptance of tender offer F.3.13.1 Accept tender offer, if in the opinion of the employer, it does not present any unacceptable commercial risk

and only if the tenderer:

a) Is not under restrictions, or has principals who are under restrictions, preventing participating in the employer’s procurement

b) Can, as necessary and in relation to the proposed contract, demonstrate that he or she possesses the professional and technical qualifications, professional and technical competence, financial resources, equipment and other physical facilities, managerial capability, reliability, experience and reputation, expertise and the personnel to perform the contract.

c) Has the legal capacity to enter the contract, d) Is not insolvent, in receivership, bankrupt or being wound up, has his affairs administered by a court

or a judicial officer, has suspended his business activities, or is subject to legal proceedings in respect of any of the foregoing,

e) Complies with the legal requirements, if any, stated in the tender data, and



Page TP 22


f) Is able, in the opinion of the employer, to perform the contract free of conflicts of interest. F.3.13.2 Notify the successful tenderer of the employer's acceptance of his tender offer by completing and

returning one copy of the form of offer and acceptance before the expiry of the validity period stated in the tender data, or agreed additional period. Providing the form of offer and acceptance does not contain any qualifying statements, it will constitute the formation of a contract between the employer and the successful tenderer as described in the form of offer and acceptance.

F.3.14 Notice to unsuccessful tenderers

After the successful tenderer has acknowledged the employer’s notice of acceptance, notify other tenderers that their tender offers have not been accepted.

F.3.15. Prepare contract documents

If necessary, revise documents that shall form part of the contract and that were issued by the employer as part of the tender documents to take account of:

(a) addenda issued during the tender period, (b) inclusion of some of the returnable documents, (c) other revisions agreed between the employer and the successful tenderer, and (d) the schedule of deviations attached to the form of offer and acceptance, if any.

F.3.16 Issue final contract

Prepare and issue the final draft of contract documents to the successful tenderer for acceptance as soon as possible after the date of the employer's signing of the form of offer and acceptance (including the schedule of deviations, if any). Only those documents that the conditions of tender require the tenderer to submit, after acceptance by the employer, shall be included.

F.3.17 Complete adjudicator's contract

Unless alternative arrangements have been agreed or otherwise provided for in the contract, arrange for both parties to complete formalities for appointing the selected adjudicator at the same time as the main contract is signed.

F.3.18 Provide copies of the contracts

Provide to the successful tenderer the number of copies stated in the Tender Data of the signed copy of the contract as soon as possible after completion and signing of the form of offer and acceptance.

F.3.19 Provide written reasons for actions taken

Provide upon request written reasons to tenderers for any action that is taken applying these conditions of tender, but withhold information which is not in the public interest to be divulged, which is considered to prejudice the legitimate commercial interests of tenderers or might prejudice fair competition between tenders.



RD1



CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD

PART T2: RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS AND SCHEDULES 1194 INDEX

T2.1 LIST OF RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................... RD2. T2.2 RETURNABLE SCHEDULES AND DOCUMENTS THAT WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE CONTRACT ....................................................................................................................................... RD31



RD2

T2.1: LIST OF RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS

FORM A: Certificate of Attendance at Clarification Meeting ........................................................... RD3. FORM B: Certificate of Authority for Signatory ................................................................................ RD4 FORM C: Certificate of Registration with CIDB ................................................................................ RD5 FORM D: Schedule of Work Carried out by the Tenderer ................................................................ RD6 FORM E: Preliminary Programme ................................................................................................... RD7 FORM F: Amendments, Qualifications and Alternatives .................................................................. RD8 FORM G: Tenderer’s Tax Clearance Certificate ............................................................................ RD10 FORM H: Tenderer’s Financial Standing ....................................................................................... RD11 FORM I: Form of Intent to Provide a Performance Guarantee ..................................................... RD13 FORM J: Compulsory Enterprise Questionnaire ........................................................................... RD14 FORM K: UIF Registration Certificate ............................................................................................ RD16 FORM L: Proof of Purchase of Tender Documents ....................................................................... RD17 FORM M: Preferential Procurement Data ....................................................................................... RD18 FORM N: BBBEE Compliance Certificate ...................................................................................... RD26 FORM O: Company Registration Documents and ID's of Shareholders/Drectors/Members.......... RD26 FORM P: Key Personnel ................................................................................................................ RD28

T2.2: RETURNABLE SCHEDULES AND DOCUMENTS THAT WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE CONTRACT

FORM R: Schedule of Construction Plant & Equipment ................................................................ RD32 FORM S: Shedule of Proposed Sub-Contractors .......................................................................... RD33 FORM T: Record of Adenda to Tender Documents ....................................................................... RD34 FORM U: Rates of Special Materials ............................................................................................. RD35 FORM V: Builders Health and Safety Declaration ......................................................................... RD36 FORM W: Agreement to Cede 20% of The Works to Local Emerging Ndwedwe Businesses ....... RD37



RD3

FORM A: CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE AT CLARIFICATION MEETING



(Please print) It is hereby CERTIFIED that I, …………………………………………………………………. (name) in my capacity as………………………………………………………………….and a duly authorized representative of……………………………………………………………………… (the TENDERER) of (address)…………………………………………………………………………………………………. in the company of………………………………………………………………………(the ENGINEER) attended the official Site Inspection on ………………………………………………………….(date) for and on behalf of the above named Tenderer. I hereby further DECLARE that I am satisfied with the description of the Works and the explanations given by the above named Engineer. SIGNATURE ....................................................................................................................................

(On behalf of TENDERER)

DATE .................................................................................................................................... AS WITNESS :- (On behalf of ENGINEER) NAME .................................................................................................................................... SIGNATURE .................................................................................................................................... DATE ....................................................................................................................................



RD4

FORM B: CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY FOR SIGNATORY



Signatories for firms must establish their authority thereto by attaching a duly signed and dated copy of the relevant resolution of the (1)Directors/Partners/Members to this form, or by the completion of this form.

RESOLUTION By resolution of the (1)Board of Directors / Partners / Members passed at a meeting held on ………………(date), at ……………………………….......................................……………(place) ……………………………………………………………..............................…(name of signatory) whose signature appears below, has been duly authorised to sign all documents in connection with the Tender for; Contract 14/2015/2016 and any contract which may arise therefrom on behalf of :-

…...............................……………………………………………………………………………………… (Name Of Tenderer In Block Capitals) SIGNED ON BEHALF OF THE FIRM :- (1)……………………………………………… (Director/Partner/Member) (2)……………………………………………… (Director/Partner/Member)

(3)……………………………………………… (Director/Partner/Member) (4)……………………………………………… (Director/Partner/Member)

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORISED SIGNATORY :- SIGNATURE …………………………………………………………….

(On behalf of TENDERER) DATE: …………………........................…………………………………..

* Tenderers in Joint Venture should attach the Joint Venture Agreement to the tender



RD5

FORM C: CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION WITH CIDB

The Tenderer is to attach a copy(ies) of Tenderer’s Registration with CIDB or alternatively furnish the CIDB registration number and details in the table below. This information will be verified with the CIDB through the CIDB website. It is the Tenderer’s responsibility to ensure that their details are displayed on the website. If a joint venture is tendering, details of all the JV members are to be furnished.

Name of Tenderer/Contractor CIDB Registration Number Category and Class of Registration eg 1CE

My/Our failure to submit the certificate(s) or furnish the required details with my/our tender document will lead to the conclusion that I/we are not registered with CIDB and therefore are not eligible to tender. SIGNATURE: ..............................................…………..... DATE: ............................. (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



RD6

FORM D: SCHEDULE OF SIMILAR WORK CARRIED OUT BY THE TENDERER

The Tenderer shall list below the last ten civil engineering contracts of a similar nature awarded to him. This information is material to the award of the Contract.

EMPLOYER

(Name, Tel No and Fax No)

CONSULTING

ENGINEER (Name, Tel No and Fax

No)

NATURE OF WORK

VALUE

OF WORK

YEAR OF

COMPLETION

SIGNATURE: ..............................................…………..... DATE: ............................. (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)

NB: ALSO ATTACH LETTER OF APPOINTMENT FROM THE CLIENT AND COMPLETION CERTIFICATE



RD7

FORM E: PRELIMINARY PROGRAMME

The Tenderer shall detail below or attach a preliminary programme reflecting the proposed sequence and tempo of execution of the various activities comprising the work for this Contract. The programme shall be in accordance with the information supplied in the Contract, requirements of the Project Specifications and with all other aspects of his Tender. PROGRAMME

ACTIVITY

WEEKS

[Note: The programme must be based on the completion time as specified in the Contract Data. No other completion time that may be indicated on this programme will be regarded as an alternative offer, unless it is listed in Table (b) of Form I hereafter and supported by a detailed statement to that effect, all as specified in the Tender Data]

SIGNATURE: ..............................................………….....……... DATE: …….................................... (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



RD8

FORM F: AMENDMENTS, QUALIFICATIONS AND ALTERNATIVES

(This is not an invitation for amendments, deviations or alternatives but should the Tenderer desire to make any departures from the provisions of this contract he shall set out his proposals clearly hereunder. The Employer will not consider any amendment, alternative offers or discounts unless forms (a), (b) and (c) have been completed to the satisfaction of the Employer). I / We herewith propose the amendments, alternatives and discounts as set out in the tables below: (a) AMENDMENTS

PAGE, CLAUSE OR

ITEM NO

PROPOSED AMENDMENT

Notes:

(1) Proposals for amendments to the General and Special Conditions of Contract are not acceptable, and will be ignored;

(2) The Tenderer must give full details of all the financial implications of the amendments and qualifications in a covering letter attached to his tender. (b) ALTERNATIVES

PROPOSED ALTERNATIVE DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATIVE

Notes

(1) Individual alternative items that do not justify an alternative tender, and an alternative offer for time for completion should be listed here.



RD9

(2) In the case of a major alternative to any part of the work, a separate Bill of Quantities, programme, etc, and a detailed statement setting out the salient features of the proposed alternatives must accompany the tender.

(3) . Alternative tenders involving technical modifications to the design of the works and methods of construction shall be treated separately from the main tender offer.]

(c) DISCOUNTS

ITEM ON WHICH DISCOUNT IS OFFERED

DESCRIPTION OF DISCOUNT OFFERED

Note The Tenderer must give full details of the discounts offered in a covering letter attached to his tender, failing which, the offer for a discount may have to be disregarded.] SIGNATURE: ..............................................………….....……... DATE: …….................................... (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



RD10

FORM G: TENDERER’S ORIGINAL TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE

The Tenderer is to attach his original Tax Clearance Certificate on this page. In the case of a Joint Venture, original copies of Tax Clearance Certificates for all members of the Joint Venture must be attach. Tenderers must note that failure to comply with this requirement will render their tender invalid.



RD11

FORM H: TENDERER’S FINANCIAL STANDING



The Employer may make inquiries to obtain a bank rating from the Tenderer’s bank. To this end, the Tenderer must provide with his tender, a bank rating, certified by his banker, to the effect that he will be able to successfully complete the contract at the tendered amount within the specified time for completion. However, should the tenderer be unable to provide a bank rating with his tender, he shall be state the reasons thereof and in addition provide the following details of his banker and bank account details that he intends to use for the contract: Name of Account Holder: ……………………………………………………………………………………… Name of Bank: …………………………………………………….. Branch: ……………………………… Account Number: ………………………………………………….. Account Type: ……………………… Telephone Number: ………………………………………………… Fax N⁰: ……………………………… Name of Contact Person (at bank): ..………………………………………………………………………… Failure to provide either the required bank details or a certified bank rating with his tender will lead to the conclusion that the Tenderer does not have the necessary financial resources at his disposal to complete the contract successfully within the specified time for completion. The Employer undertakes to treat the information thus received as confidential, strictly for the use of evaluation of the tender submitted by the Tenderer. SIGNATURE: ..............................................………... DATE: ……................................................ (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



RD12

Tenderer to attach letter from the bank providing their financial classification on this page.

Tenderers are to note that failure to submit the above documentation may result in the non-award of other

preference points during tender evaluation.



RD13

FORM I: FORM OF INTENT TO PROVIDE A PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

[The Tenderer must attach hereto a letter from the bank or institution. with whom he has made the necessary arrangements, to the effect that the said bank or institution will be prepared to provide the required performance guarantee when asked to do so]. Tenderers are to refer to Form C1.3: Form of Guarantee



RD14

FORM J: COMPULSORY ENTERPRISE QUESTIONNAIRE

The following particulars must be furnished. In the case of a joint venture, separate enterprise questionnaires in respect of each partner must be completed and submitted.

Section 1: Name of enterprise: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Section 2: VAT registration number, if any: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Section 3: CIDB registration number, if any: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Section 4: Particulars of sole proprietors and partners in partnerships

Name* Identity number* Personal income tax number*

* Complete only if sole proprietor or partnership and attach separate page if more than 3 partners

Section 5: Particulars of companies and close corporations

Company registration number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Close corporation number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax reference number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Section 6: Record of service of the state

Indicate by marking the relevant boxes with a cross, if any sole proprietor, partner in a partnership or director, manager, principal shareholder or stakeholder in a company or close corporation is currently or has been within the last 12 months in the service of any of the following:

a member of any municipal council

a member of any provincial legislature

a member of the National Assembly or the National Council of Province

a member of the board of directors of any municipal entity

an official of any municipality or municipal entity

an employee of any provincial department, national or provincial public entity or constitutional institution within the meaning of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act 1 of 1999)

a member of an accounting authority of any national or provincial public entity

an employee of Parliament or a provincial legislature

If any of the above boxes are marked, disclose the following:

Name of sole proprietor, partner, director, manager, principal shareholder or stakeholder

Name of institution, public office, board or organ of state and position held

Status of service (tick appropriate column)

current

Within last 12 months

*insert separate page if necessary

Section 7: Record of spouses, children and parents in the service of the state

Indicate by marking the relevant boxes with a cross, if any spouse, child or parent of a sole proprietor, partner in a partnership or director, manager, principal shareholder or stakeholder in a company or close corporation is currently or has been within the last 12 months been in the service of any of the following:



RD15

a member of any municipal council

a member of any provincial legislature

a member of the National Assembly or the National Council of Province

a member of the board of directors of any municipal entity

an official of any municipality or municipal entity

an employee of any provincial department, national or provincial public entity or constitutional institution within the meaning of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act 1 of 1999)

a member of an accounting authority of any national or provincial public entity

an employee of Parliament or a provincial legislature

Name of spouse, child or parent

Name of institution, public office, board or organ of state and position held

Status of service (tick appropriate column)

current Within last 12 months

*insert separate page if necessary

The undersigned, who warrants that he/she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise: i) authorizes the Employer to obtain a tax clearance certificate from the South African Revenue Services that

my / our tax matters are in order;

ii) confirms that the neither the name of the enterprise or the name of any partner, manager, director or other person, who wholly or partly exercises, or may exercise, control over the enterprise appears on the Register of Tender Defaulters established in terms of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act of 2004;

iii) confirms that no partner, member, director or other person, who wholly or partly exercises, or may exercise,

control over the enterprise appears, has within the last five years been convicted of fraud or corruption;

iv) confirms that I / we are not associated, linked or involved with any other tendering entities submitting tender offers and have no other relationship with any of the tenderers or those responsible for compiling the scope of work that could cause or be interpreted as a conflict of interest;

iv) confirms that the contents of this questionnaire are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my

belief both true and correct;

Signed

Date

Name Position

Name of Enterprise



RD16

FORM K: UIF REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE

[The Tenderer's Unemployment Insurance Fund (UIF) Registration Certificate to be inserted here]



RD17

FORM L: PROOF OF PURCAHSE OF TENDER DOCUMENTS

The Tenderer shall insert here proof of purchase of the tender documents in the form of an official receipt or other acceptable form of proof



RD18

FORM M: PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT DATA

The following definitions shall apply to this schedule Equity ownership: The percentage of an enterprise or business owned by individuals or, in respect of a company, the percentage of the company’s shares that are owned by individuals, who are actively involved in the management of an enterprise or business and exercise control over the enterprise, commensurate with their degree of ownership at the closing date of the tender. Note: All claims for HDI equality ownership by an HDI will be considered according to the following criteria:

• equity within private companies will be based on the percentage of equity ownership;

• preference points will not be awarded to public companies and tertiary institutions;

• equity claims for a trust will only be allowed in respect of those persons who are both trustees and beneficiaries and who are actively involved in the management of the Trust; and

• a consortium or Joint Venture may, based on the percentage of the contract value managed or executed by their HDI members, be entitled to equality ownership.

Historically disadvantaged individual(HDI): A natural person who, due to the apartheid policy that had been in place had no franchise in national elections prior to the introduction of the Constitution of the RSA, 1983 (Act 110 of 1983) or the Constitution of the RSA, 1993 (Act 200 of 1993) (the interim Constitution) 2 Conditions associated with the granting of preferences

The tenderer who claims a preference, undertakes to: (1) not subcontract more than 25% of the net Amount of the contract to a person who is not an HDI or

does not qualify for such preference; (2) maintain an HDI equity ownership of not less than that upon which the preference is based upon for

the duration of the Contract; (3) accept the sanctions set out in Section 3 below should conditions 1 or 2 be breached; (4) complete the Tender Preference Claim in respect of Enterprise Status in the Tendering Entity

contained in Sections 4 below; and (5) complete the Declaration with regard to Equity Ownership contained in section 5 below.

3 Sanctions relating to breaches of preferencing conditions

The sanctions for breaching the preferencing conditions are:

• termination of the Contract; or

• a financial penalty payable to the Employer equal to 1,25 times the number of tender evaluation points awarded in respect of the preference claimed, multiplied by the Contract Price exclusive of VAT, divided by 100.

For the purpose of this contract the Contractor shall comply with the preferential procurement statement provided in F.3.11 of the Tender Data.

The Ugu District Municipality’s Supply Chain Management Policy dated 22 September 2005 will apply with preference points based on the 90/10 BBBEE Balanced Scorecard.

The relevant extracts of the Supply Chain Management Policy are provided in this section. (b) THE 90/10 PREFERENCE POINT SYSTEM

The procedure for the evaluation of responsive tenders is Method 4 with the 90/10 Preference Point System. Tenderes will be scored for quality first and only those tenders that meet the specified minimum total score for quality will be considered further. These tenders will then be evaluated on the basis of the 90/10 Preference Points System.



RD19

Method 4: Financial Offer, Quality and Preferences

(a) Quality The score for quality is to be calculated using the following formula: Wq=W2xSo/Ms

where: W2 is the percentage score given to quality and equals 100 So is the score for quality allocated to the submission under consideration Ms is the maximum possible score for quality in respect to the submission 50

The quality will comprise scores for the following based on criteria indicated in the table below:

Key Aspect Criterion

Basis for points allocation Score Maximum Points

Verification Method

Experience of Bidder

Five completed projects with similar scope of works and value (i.e sports field) in the last 5 years

Very Good 10 Appointment Letter, Completion Certificate, List of Projects and Traceable References and Contact Details

Three completed projects with similar scope of works and value (i.e sports field) in the last 5 years

Good 7

Two completed projects with similar scope of work and value (i.e sports field) in the last 5 years

Fair 5

Two civil projects completed and not of similar scope and value

Poor 2


Qualifications (Foreman and Site Agent)

NQF 5 Good 10 Certified copy of qualification to be attached

NQF 4 Fair 5

Less than NQF 4 Poor 1


Experience of Site Agent

7 or more years experience in sports field projects

Good 10 Curriculum Vitae to be attached with traceable references

5 or more years experience in sports field projects

Fair 5

Less than 2 years experience in sports field projects

Poor 2


Financial Capacity

Undoubted for the amount of your enquiry A 10 Rating by bank where account is held

Good for tender B 9

Good for the amount of tender enquiry, if strictly in the way of business

C 6

Fair trade risk for the amount of enquiry D 5

Tender amount considered too high E 4

Financial position unknown F 0

Time for Completion

The score for the time of completion are scored using the following formula Nt = T1 x [1-(T-Tm)/Tm Nt – Numerical value for points scored (maximum 10) T1 – 10, being maximum points scored for time of completion

Max

10

Tenderer to state time for completion in Section C: Contract Data



RD20

Tm – Average completion time of all responsive tenders T – Completion time of the comparative offer under consideration

NB: Bidders are required to submit supporting documents to score full point

Tenderers that score less than 60% of the total score allowed for quality will not be considered further. Quality shall be scored independently by not less than three evaluators in accordance with the following schedules: Evaluation Schedule: Experience of the Bidder Evaluation Schedule: Qualifications of Foreman and Site Agent Evaluation Schedule: Experience of Site Agent Evaluation Schedule: Financial Capacity Evaluation Schedule: Time for Completion The scores of the evaluators will then be averaged, weighed and totalled to obtain the final score for quality. (a) Financial Offer

The financial offer will be scored using the following formula

Nf = W1 x [1-(P-Pm) / Pm

where: W1 = 80 for financial values up to R1 000 000 (inclusive of VAT) of all responsive tenders

received, and 90 for financial values over R1 000 000; Pm = the value of the comparative offer of the most favourable tender; P = the value of the comparative offer under consideration

(b) Preferences

Up to 20 points (for financial values up to R1 000 000) or 10 points (for financial values over R1 000 000) will be awarded to tenderers who complete the preferencing schedule and who are found to be eligible for the preference claimed.

Points will be awarded to Tenderers for attaining the BBBEE status level of contribution as per the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000: Preferential Procurement Regulations, 2011 as detailed below.

NB: Tenderers to attach the Appointments for Previous Work (Sports Field), Completion Certificates, Project List, Contact Person and Contact Details. Tenderers are to note the this documentation will be used to allocate points for quality. Failure to submit the required documents will result in a zero score being allocated for the relevant quality criteria.



RD21

ENTERPRISE DETAILS

(a) Name of Enterprise ………………………………..………………….

(b) Physical Address of Head Office:

……………………………………………………

……………………………………………………

……………………………………………………

(c) Telephone No. …………….. Fax No ………………………

(d) Contact Person ……………………………………………………

(e) Company Registration No. ……………………………………………………

(f) Company/Enterprise Income Tax No. …………………………………..

(g) VAT Registration number of company/enterprise ………………………

Type of Enterprise [tick appropriate box(es)]

(a) Partnership

(b) One person business

(c) Close Corporation

(d) Private Company (Pty) Ltd

(e) Public Company (Pty) Ltd

OWNERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT

3. List all partners, proprietors and shareholders by name, identity number, citizenship, status and ownership, as

relevant.

NAME IDENTITY NUMBER

DISABLED Yes/No

STATUS OF PERSON (YES / NO)

DATE OF OWNER-SHIP

OWNED %

VOTING %

BLACK WOMAN



RD22

4. Complete the following information for each partner, proprietor, shareholder, director and senior management office bearer of the enterprise.

POSITION NAME

STATUS (YES OR NO)

% OF TIME DEVOTED TO THE ENTERPRISE

HOME ADDRESS BLACK PERSON

WOMAN

5. Identify any owner or management office bearer who has an ownership interest in another firm.

OWNER/ MANAGER

NAME AND ADDRESS OF OTHER FIRM

TITLE IN OTHER FIRM

% OF OWNER-SHIP

TYPE OF BUSINESS OF OTHER FIRM



RD23

6. Identify any owner or management office bearer who is an employee of, or has duties in another business enterprise.

NAME DUTIES AS EMPLOYEE IN OTHER FIRM

NAME AND ADDRESS OF OTHER FIRM

TYPE OF BUSINESS OF OTHER FIRM

INDIRECT EMPOWERMENT 7. Procurement from black-owned and empowered enterprises as a proportion of total procurement

Supplier(s) Name & Contact Details Total Discretionary Spent

Total BEE Spent

Percentage BEE Spent



RD24

8 Tenderer to Complete the Current Employment Portfolio (EMPLOYMENT EQUITY)

Organisational Structure

No. of Persons Occupying positions at indicated levels

Senior Management Middle/Junior Management

Skilled

Semi skilled Labour

Unskilled Labour Total

Male Female Male Female Male

Female Male Female Male Female Male Female

Black

Coloured

Indian

White

Other

Disabled

Total

Tenderer to state Skills Development Expenditure as a proportion of payroll

Description Amount

No. of Employees

Total Annual Payroll

Total Annual Skills Development Expenditure

%age Skills Development to Annual Payroll



Page RD 25

The undersigned, who warrants that he / she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the firm or sole proprieter confirms the he / she understands the conditions under which such preferences are granted and confirms that the tenderer satisfies the conditions pertaining to the granting of tender preferences. Signature : …………………………………………………………..................................... Name : ………………………………………………………………................................... Duly authorised to sign on behalf of : ……………………………………......................... Telephone : ………………………………………… Fax :…………………………………………………. Date : …………………………………………………



Page RD 26

FORM N: BBBEE COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Tenderers are required to attach their BBBEE compliance certificate on this page or in the case of a joint venture, certificates

of individual firms making up the joint venture, should they wish to claim for scores for BBBEE Compliance.





Page RD 27

Form O: COMPANY REGISTRATION DOCUMENTS AND IDENTITY DOCUMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS/DIRECTORS/MEMBERS

Tenderers are to attach certified copies of the following documentation to this page:

• Company Registration Documents

• Identity Documents of Company Shareholders/Directors/Members.





Page RD 28

FORM P: Key Personnel

Tenderers shall provide details of the Site Agent(s) and General Foreman’s experience in work of a similar nature to that for which their tender is submitted.

Failure to complete this schedule may result in the tender not being considered.

(a) Site Agent

SITE AGENT

NAME:…………………………………………………………………………………

CONTRACT & CLIENT NATURE OF WORK POSITION HELD VALUE OF WORK YEAR

COMPLETED

(b) Foreman

GENERAL FOREMAN

NAME:…………………………………………………………………………………

CONTRACT & CLIENT NATURE OF WORK POSITION HELD VALUE OF WORK YEAR

COMPLETED




Page RD 29

Tenderers to attach the following documentation for the proposed site staff:

1. Certified Qualification of Site Agent

2. Certified Qualification of Foreman

Tenderers are to note the this documentation will be used to allocate points for quality. Failure to submit the required documents will result in a zero score being allocated for the relevant quality criteria.



Page RD 30

Tenderers to attach the CV of the proposed Site Agent on this page. Tenderers are to note the this documentation will be used to allocate points for quality. Failure to submit the required documents will result in a zero score being allocated for the relevant quality criteria.



Page RD 31


BID NO. NDWB 04/17/18


PART T2.2: RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS THAT WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE CONTRACT

INDEX

FORM Q: Schedule of Construction Plant & Equipment ..................................................................... 32 FORM R: Schedule of Proposed Sub-Contractors .............................................................................. 33 FORM S: Record of Addenda to Tender Documents .......................................................................... 34 FORM T: Rates for Special Materials ................................................................................................. 35 FORM U: Contractor's Health and Safety Declaration ........................................................................ 36



Page RD 32

FORM Q: SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following are lists of major Construction Plant and Equipment that I / We presently own or Lease and will have available for this contract if my / our tender is accepted.

(a) Details of major equipment that is owned by me / us and immediately available for this contract.

DESCRIPTION (type, size, capacity etc) QUANTITY YEAR OF

MANUFACTURE

Attach additional pages if more space is required

(b) Details of major Plant & Equipment that will be hired, or acquired for this contract if my / our tender is

accepted

DESCRIPTION (type, size, capacity etc) QUANTITY HOW ACQUIRED

HIRE/ BUY

SOURCE

Attach additional pages if more space is required




Page RD 33

FORM R: SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED SUB-CONTRACTORS

I/We hereby notify you that it is my/our intention to employ the following Sub-Contractors for work in this contract.

NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF

PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS

NATURE AND EXTENT OF

WORK TO BE

SUBCONTRACTED

PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE WITH

SUBCONTRACTOR OR RECENT WORK

EXECUTED BY THE SUB-CONTRACTOR

SIGNATURE: ......................................……... DATE: …........................... (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



Page RD 34

FORM S: RECORD OF ADDENDA TO TENDER DOCUMENTS

We confirm that the following communications received from the Engineer before the submission of this tender offer, amending the tender documents, have been taken into account in this tender offer:

Date Title or Details

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Attach additional pages if more space is required. Signed: …………………………………….…….. Date: …………………………………… Name: …………………………………………..… Position: ……………………………….. SIGNATURE: ..............................................… DATE: ……....................................... (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



Page RD 35

FORM T: RATES FOR SPECIAL MATERIALS

Each material dealt with as a special material in terms of Clause 4 of the Contract Price Adjustment Schedule of the Conditions of Contract is stated in the list below. The rates and prices for the special materials shall be furnished by the Tenderer, which rates and prices shall not include VAT but shall include all other obligatory taxes and levies.

SPECIAL MATERIAL UNIT* Rate or Price for the Base Month

Indicate whether the material will be delivered in bulk or in containers.

Notes to Tenderer: When called upon to do so, the tenderer shall substantiate the above rates or prices with acceptable documentary evidence.

Signed: …………………………………….…….. Date: …………………………………… Name: …………………………………………..… Position: ……………………………….. SIGNATURE: ..............................................………….... DATE: ……............................... (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



Page RD 36

FORM U: BIDDERS’S HEALTH AND SAFETY DECLARATION

In terms of Clause 4(4) of the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003 (referred to as "the Regulations" hereafter), a Contractor may only be appointed to perform construction work if the Employer is satisfied that the Contractor has the necessary competencies and resources to carry out the work safely in accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993 and the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003. To that effect a person duly authorised by the tenderer must complete and sign the declaration hereafter in detail. Declaration by Tenderer 1. I the undersigned hereby declare and confirm that I am fully conversant with the Occupational Health and Safety Act

No 85 of 1993 (as amended by the Occupational Health and Safety Amendment Act No 181 of 1993), and the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003.

2. I hereby declare that my company / enterprise has the competence and the necessary resources to safely carry out the construction work under this contract in compliance with the Construction Regulations and the Employer's Health and Safety Specifications.

3. I hereby undertake, if my tender is accepted, to provide a sufficiently documented Health and Safety Plan in accordance with Regulation 5(1) of the Construction Regulations, approved by the Employer or his representative, before I will be allowed to commence with construction work under the contract. I hereby agree that my company/enterprise will not have a claim for compensation for delay or extension of time because of my failure to obtain the necessary approval for the said safety plan.

4. I confirm that copies of my company's approved Health and Safety Plan, the Employer's Safety Specifications as well

as the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003 will be provided on site and will at all times be available for inspection by the Contractor's personnel, the Employer's personnel, the Engineer, visitors, and officials and inspectors of the Department of Labour.

5. I hereby confirm that adequate provision has been made in my tendered rates and prices in the bill of quantities to

cover the cost of all resources, actions, training and all health and safety measures envisaged in the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003, including the cost for specific items that may be scheduled in the bill of quantities.

6. I hereby confirm that I will be liable for any penalties that may be applied by the Employer in terms of the said

Regulations for failure on my part to comply with the provisions of the Act and the Regulations as set out in Regulation 30 of the Regulations.

7. I agree that my failure to complete and execute this declaration to the satisfaction of the Employer will mean that I am

unable to comply with the requirements of the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003, and accept that my tender will be prejudiced and may be rejected at the discretion of the Employer.

8. I am aware of the fact that, should I be awarded the contract, I must submit the notification required in terms of

Regulation 3 of the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003 (example attached hereafter) before I will be allowed to proceed with any work under the contract.

SIGNATURE: .................................................................. DATE: .............……..................... (of person authorised to sign on behalf of the Tenderer)



Page RD 37

FORM Q: AGREEMENT TO CEDE 20% OF THE WORKS FOR EMERGING LOCAL NDWEDWE CONTRACTORS



(Please print) It is hereby CERTIFIED that I, …………………………………………………………………. (name) in my capacity as………………………………………………………………….and a duly authorized representative of……………………………………………………………………… (the TENDERER) of (address)…………………………………………………………………………………………………. in the company of………………………………………………………………………(the ENGINEER) Agree to cede 20% of the works to local Ndwedwe Emerging Contractors, as appointed/nominated by the Municipality. The scope to be ceded will be included as specific Provisional Sums in the Bill of Quantities. I hereby DECLARE that I am satisfied with the description of the Works to be ceded and the explanations given by the Engineer. SIGNATURE ....................................................................................................................................

(On behalf of TENDERER)

DATE .................................................................................................................................... AS WITNESS :- NAME .................................................................................................................................... SIGNATURE .................................................................................................................................... DATE ....................................................................................................................................

BID No. NDWB 04/17/18.: CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD IN WARD 10

PART C1: CONTRACT AGREEMENTS

Page C 1




PART C1: AGREEMENTS AND CONTRACT DATA

INDEX

PART C1: AGREEMENTS AND CONTRACT DATA ................................................................................... C2

C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance ......................................................................................................... C2

A: Offer ........................................................................................................................................ C2

B: Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. C3

C: Schedule of Deviations ........................................................................................................... C4

D: Confirmation of Receipt........................................................................................................... C6

PART C1.2 CONTRACT DATA ...................................................................................................................... C7

C1.2.1 General Conditions of Contract ........................................................................................................ C7

C1.2.2 Contract Data Provided by Employer ............................................................................................... C8

C1.2.3 Data Provided by the Contractor .................................................................................................... C10

C1.3: Performance Guarantee.................................................................................................................. C12

C1.4: Disclosure Statement ...................................................................................................................... C15

C1.5: Agreement in Terms of Section 37(2) Of The Occupational Health And Safety Act No 85 Of 1993C16

C1.6: Adjudication Board Member Agreement ......................................................................................... C18



Page C 2

PART C1: AGREEMENTS AND CONTRACT DATA

C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance

A: Offer

The Employer, identified in the Acceptance signature block, has solicited offers to enter into a Contract for the procurement of:

BID No. NDWB 04/17/18: CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD The Tenderer, identified in the Offer signature block, has examined the documents listed in the Tender Data and addenda thereto as listed in the returnable schedules, and by submitting this offer has accepted the conditions of tender. By the representative of the tenderer, deemed to be duly authorized, signing this apart of this form of offer and acceptance, the tenderer offers to perform all of the obligations and liabilities of the contractor under the contract including compliance with all its terms and conditions according to their true intent and meaning for an amount to be determined in accordance with the conditions of contract identified in the contract data. THE OFFERED TOTAL PRICE INCLUSIVE OF VALUE ADDED TAX (VAT) IS ......................................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................... Rand (in words);

R ................................................................................................................................................................ .(in figures),

This offer may be accepted by the employer by signing the Acceptance part of this Form of Offer and Acceptance and returning one copy of this document to the tenderer before the end of the period of validity stated in the tender data, whereupon the tenderer becomes the party named as the contractor in the conditions of contract identified in the contract data.

Signature: ................................................................................................................................................

Name: (in capitals) ...................................................................................................................................................

Capacity: ...................................................................................................................................................

Name of Tenderer (organisation): ................................................................................................................................

Address: ........................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................

Tel: ……………………………………….. Fax: ........... ………………………………………… Witness: Signature: .................................................. Name: ......................... …………………………………………… Date: .......................................................... CIDB Registration N⁰:…………………………………………..



Page C 3

B: Acceptance

By signing this part of this form of offer and acceptance, the employer identified below accepts the tenderer's offer. In consideration thereof, the Employer shall pay the Contractor the amount due in accordance with the conditions of contract identified in the contract data. Acceptance of the tenderer's offer shall form an agreement, between the employer and the tenderer upon the terms and conditions contained in this agreement and in the contract that is the subject of this agreement. The terms of the contract, are contained in Part C1 Agreements and contract data, (which includes this agreement) Part C2 Pricing data Part C3 Scope of work Part C4 Site information and drawings and documents or parts thereof, which may be incorporated by reference into Parts C1 to C4 above. Deviations from and amendments to the documents listed in the tender data and any addenda thereto as listed in the tender schedules as well as any changes to the terms of the offer agreed by the tenderer and the employer during this process of offer and acceptance, are contained in the schedule of deviations attached to and forming part of this agreement. No amendments to or deviations from said documents are valid unless contained in this schedule. The tenderer shall within two weeks after receiving a completed copy of this agreement, including the schedule of deviations (if any), contact the employer's agent (whose details are given in the contract data) to arrange the delivery of any bonds, guarantees, proof of insurance and any other documentation to be provided in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the contract data. Failure to fulfil any of these obligations in accordance with those terms shall constitute a repudiation of this agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, this agreement comes into effect on the date when the tenderer receives one fully completed original copy of this document, including the schedule of deviations (if any). Unless the tenderer (now contractor) within five working days of the date of such receipt notifies the employer in writing of any reason why he cannot accept the contents of this agreement, this agreement shall constitute a binding contract between the parties.

Signature: ................................................................................................................................................

Name: (in capitals) ...................................................................................................................................................

Capacity: ...................................................................................................................................................

Name of Employer (organisation): ...............................................................................................................................

Address:

........................................................................................................................

Witness: Signature: .................................................. Name: ........................ …………………………………………… Date: ..........................................................



Page C 4

C: Schedule of Deviations

Notes: 1. The extent of deviations from the tender documents issued by the employer prior to the tender closing date is

limited to those permitted in terms of the conditions of tender. 2. A tenderer's covering letter shall not be included in the final contract document. Should any matter in such

letter, which constitutes a deviation as aforesaid, become the subject of agreements reached during the process of offer and acceptance, the outcome of such agreement shall be recorded here.

3. Any other matter arising from the process of offer and acceptance either as a confirmation, clarification or

change to the tender documents and which it is agreed by the Parties becomes an obligation of the contract shall also be recorded here.

4. Any change or addition to the tender documents arising from the above agreements and recorded here, shall

also be incorporated into the final draft of the Contract. Subject ________________________________________________________________ Details _______________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

Subject ________________________________________________________________

Details________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________ Subject ________________________________________________________________ Details ________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________ Subject ________________________________________________________________ Details________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________ Subject ________________________________________________________________ Details________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

By the duly authorised representatives signing this agreement, the employer and the tenderer agree to and accept the foregoing schedule of deviations as the only deviations from and amendments to the documents listed in the tender data and addenda thereto as listed in the tender schedules, as well as any confirmation, clarification or changes to the terms of the offer agreed by the tenderer and the employer during this process of offer and acceptance. It is expressly agreed that no other matter whether in writing, oral communication or implied during the period between the issue of the tender documents and the receipt by the tenderer of a completed signed copy of this agreement shall have any meaning or effect in the contract between the parties arising from this Agreement.



Page C 5

FOR THE TENDERER:

Signature: .................................................................................................................................

Name: .......................... .......................................................................................................

Capacity: ..... ...........................................................................................................................

Tenderer: (Name and address of organisation) ..............................................................................................................

...................................................... ..............................................................................................................

Witness :

Signature: .. .................................................................................................................................

Name: .................................................................................................................................

Date: .................................................................................................................................

FOR THE EMPLOYER

Signature: .................................................................................................................................

Name: .......................... .......................................................................................................

Capacity: ..... ...........................................................................................................................

Employer: (Name and address of organisation) .............................................................................................................

...................................................... ..............................................................................................................

Witness :

Signature: .. .................................................................................................................................

Name: .................................................................................................................................

Date: …………………………………………………………………………………..



Page C 6

D: Confirmation of Receipt

The Tenderer, (now Contractor), identified in the Offer part of this Agreement hereby confirms receipt from the Employer, identified in the Acceptance part of this Agreement, of one fully completed original copy of this Agreement, including the Schedule of Deviations (if any) today: The ………………………………………(day) of ………………………………………..(month) 20…….(year) at …………………………………………(place) For the Contractor: ………………………………………………… Signature

………………………………………………… Name

………………………………………………… Capacity Signature and Name of Witness:

………………………………………………… Signature

………………………………………………… Name



Page C 7

PART C1.2 CONTRACT DATA

C1.2.1 General Conditions of Contract

The General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works, Second Edition 2010 (GCC 2010), published by the South African Institution of Civil Engineering, Private Bag X200, Halfway House 1685, is applicable to this Contract and is obtainable from www.saice.org.za. Print 3.1 or later printing of GCC 2010 will apply to this contract..



Page C 8

C1.2.2 Contract Data Provided by Employer


CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD UPGRADE

Clause

Defects Liability Period 11 12 months

Name of Employer 2.1 Ndwedwe Municipality

Address of Employer Ndwedwe Local Municipality

Private Bag X503

Ndwedwe

4342Email address: [email protected]

Tel N⁰: +27 32 532 5000

Fax N⁰: +27 32 532 5032

Name of Engineer 1.1.1.16 Hi-Tech Consulting Engineers and Project Managers (Pty) Ltd

Address of the Engineer 1.2.1.2 162 Ulu Drive

Ramsgate

4285

Email: [email protected]

Tel: +27 39 312 0119

Fax: +27 39 312 0119

Pricing Strategy Remeasurable

Documentation Required Before Commencement of Construction Works

Health and Safety File (Refer to Clause 4.1)

Initial Programme (Refer to Clause 8.3)

Performance Security/Guarantee (Refer to Clause 4.2)

Insurance (Refer to Clause 18,3)

Time to Submit the Documentation Before Commencement with the Works

7 days

Non-working Days Sundays

Special Non working days 1. Public Holidays

Penalty for Failing to Complete the Works

5.13.1 R1, 000.00 per calendar day

The Latent Defect Period 5.16.3 10 years

Contract Price Adjustment Schedule Clause 13.8 F (GCC 2010

x = 0,15 a = 0,20 b = 0,20



Page C 9

Clause

Formulae and constants

applies in this contract)

c = 0,50 d = 0,10

‘L’ shall be the “Weighted Average” index , P0141, Table A

'F' shall be the “Fuel (Diesel)” index given in P0142.1 Table 12 for KwaZulu Natal

Area for Producer Price Index Durban (Coastal)

Base Month Month before closing of Tenders, August 2017

Price Adjustments for Special Materials GCC, Clause 6.8.3

Price adjustments for variations in the costs special materials are allowed

The Percentage Advance on Materials not yet Built into the Permanent Works

GCC, Clause 6.10.1.5

80% (subject to provision of Indemnity for Materials on Site)

Limit of Retention Money GCC Clause 6.10.3

10% of Contract Sum

Value of Plant and Material Supplied by Employer to be included in the insurance sum

7.1 Nil

Amount to cover professional fees for repairing damage and loss

18.3 14% of Required

Limit of Indemnity for Public Liability Insurance

18.3 R2, 000, 000.00 for each and every claim

Dispute Resolution 20.2 Standing Adjudication Board

Number of Adjudication Board Members to be Appointed

20.2 Three

Dispute Determination 20,3 Dispute Determination shall be by Arbitration

SIGNATURE OF TENDERER: .................................................................................................

DATE: ...........................................................



Page C 10

C1.2.3 Data Provided by the Contractor

Clause

Name of Contractor 1.1.1.9 …………………………………………….............

Address of Contractor

(Physical and Postal)

Tel:

Fax:

Email:

1.2.1.2 …………………………………………................

………………………………………….................

......................................................................

......................................................................

......................................................................

......................................................................

......................................................................

Time for Achieving Practical Completion: 1.1.1.14 ................................Weeks

Security to be Provided by Contractor 6.2.1 Refer to Table Below

Type of Security Contractor’s Choice

(Indicate “YES” or “NO”)

Is Value Added Tax included in the Contract Sum and value of Works for calculating percentages?

Cash deposit of ………% of the Contract Sum

Performance Guarantee of ………% of the Contract Sum

Retention of ………% of the value of Works

Cash Deposit of ………% of the Contract Sum plus Retention of ………% of the value of Works

Performance Guarantee of ………% of the Contract Sum plus Retention of ………% of the value of Works

Price variation of special materials* 6.8.3 ................................................. …………………

Type of Special Material Unit Rate or Price*

Rate or price for base month of* 6.8.2 ................................................. …………………



Page C 11

Tenderers are to note that failure to provide a time for completion of the contract will invalidate the tender offer. * Delete inapplicable

Signature: .................................................................................................

Name of Signatory: .............................................................................................

Date: ...........................................................

Name of Tenderer .............................................................................................



Page C 12

C1.3: PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE For use with the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for EPC/Turn-key Project (Modified using General Conditions of Contractor for Construction Works, Second Edition, 2010) GUARANTOR DETAILS AND DEFINITIONS “Guarantor“ means: ..................................................................................................................................

Physical Address: ....................................................................................................................................

“Employer” means: ...................................................................................................................................

“Contractor” means: .................................................................................................................................

“Engineer” means: ...................................................................................................................................

“Works” means: ........................................................................................................................................

“Site” means: ............................................................................................................................................

“Contract” means: The agreement made in terms of the Form of Offer and Acceptance and such amendments or additions to the Contract as may be agreed in writing between the parties. “Contract Sum” means: The accepted amount inclusive of tax of R ..................................................... Amount in words: ..................................................................................................................................... ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… “Expiry Date” means: ............................................................................................................................... CONTRACT DETAILS Engineer issues; Interim Payment Certificates, Final Payment Certificate and the Certificate Completion of the Works as defined in the Contract. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE 1. The Guarantor’s liability shall be limited to the amount of the Guaranteed Sum.

2. The Guarantor’s period of liability shall be from and including the date of issue of this Performance

Guarantee and up to and including the Expiry Date or the date of issue by the Engineer of the Certificate of

Completion of the Works or the date of payment in full of the Guaranteed Sum, whichever occurs first. The

Engineer and / or the Employer shall advise the Guarantor in writing of the date on which the Certificate of

Completion of the Works has been issued.

3. The Guarantor hereby acknowledges that :

3.1 any reference in this Performance Guarantee to the Contract is made for the purpose of convenience and

shall not be construed as any intention whatsoever to create an accessory obligation or any intention

whatsoever to create suretyship;

3.2 its obligation under this Performance Guarantee is restricted to the payment of money.

4. Subject to the Guarantor’s maximum liability referred to in 1, the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay the

Employer the sum certified upon receipt of the documents identified in 4.1 to 4.3:



Page C 13

4.1 A copy of a first written demand issued by the Employer to the Contractor stating that payment of a sum

certified by the Engineer in an interim or Final Payment Certificate has not been made in terms of the

Contract and failing such payment within seven (7) calendar days, the Employer intends to call upon the

Guarantor to make payment in terms of 4.2;

4.2 A first written demand issued by the Employer to the Guarantor at the Guarantor’s physical address with a

copy to the Contractor stating that a period of seven (7) days has elapsed since the first written demand in

terms of 4.1 and the sum certified has still not been paid;

4.3 A copy of the aforesaid payment certificate which entitles the Employer to receive payment in terms of the

Contract of the sum certified in 4.

5. Subject to the Guarantor’s maximum liability referred to in 1, the Guarantor undertakes to pay to the

Employer the Guaranteed Sum or the full outstanding balance upon receipt of a first written demand from the

Employer to the Guarantor at the Guarantor’s physical address calling up this Performance Guarantee, such

demand stating that:

5.1 the contract has been terminated due to the Contractor’s default and that this Performance Guarantee is

called up in terms of 5; or

5.2 a provisional or final sequestration or liquidation court order has been granted against the Contactor and that

the Performance Guarantee is called up in terms of 5; and

5.3 the aforesaid written demand is accompanied by a copy of the notice of termination and/ or the provisional/

final sequestration and / or the provisional liquidation court order.

6. It is recorded that the aggregate amount of payments required to be made by the Guarantor in terms of 4 and

5 shall not exceed the Guarantor’s maximum liability in terms of 1.

7. Where the Guarantor has made payment in terms of 5, the Employer shall upon the date of issue of the Final

Payment Certificate submit an expense account to the Guarantor showing how all monies received in terms

of this Performance Guarantee have been expended and shall refund to the Guarantor any resulting surplus.

All monies refunded to the Guarantor in terms of this Performance Guarantee shall bear interest at the prime

overdraft rate of the Employer’s bank compounded monthly and calculated from the date payment was made

by the Guarantor to the Employer until the date of refund.

8. Payment by Guarantor in terms of 4 or shall be made within seven (7) calendar days upon receipt of the first

written demand to the Guarantor.

9. Payment of the Guarantor in terms of 5 will only be made against the return of the original Performance

Guarantee by the Employer.

10. The employer shall have the absolute right to arrange his affairs with the Contractor in any manner which the

Employer may deem fit and the Guarantor shall not have the right to claim his release from his Performance

Guarantee on account of any conduct alleged to the prejudicial to the Guarantor.

11. The Guarantor chooses the physical address as stated above for the service of all notices for all purposes in

connection herewith.

12. This Performance Guarantee is neither negotiable nor transferable and shall expire in terms of 2, where after

no claims will be considered by the Guarantor. The original of this Guarantee shall be returned to the

Guarantor after it has expired.



Page C 14

13. This Performance Guarantee, with the required demand notices in terms of 4 or 5, shall be regarded as liquid

document for the purposes of obtaining a court order.

14. Where this Performance Guarantee is issued in the Republic of South Africa the Guarantor hereby consents

in terms of Section 45 of the Magistrate’s Courts Act No 32 of 1994, as amended, to the jurisdiction of the

Magistrate’s Court of any district having jurisdiction in terms of Section 28 of the said Act, notwithstanding

that the amount of the claim my exceed the jurisdiction of the Magistrate’s Court.

Signed at ...................................................................................................................

Date ...................................................................................................................

Guarantor’s signatory (1) ...........................................................................................

Capacity ...........................................................................................

Guarantor’s signatory (2) ...........................................................................................

Capacity ...........................................................................................

Witness signatory (1) ...........................................................................................

Witness signatory (2) ...........................................................................................



Page C 15

C1.4: DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

(Date)………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Contract: (Name)………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Contractor: (Name)………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Employer: (Name)…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Engineer: (Name)…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Dear Sirs,

I am willing and available to serve as (ad-hoc/standing) Adjudication Board Member in the above mentioned Contract.

In accordance with the General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works Adjudication Board Rules relating to

disclosure statements by selected or nominated persons to the adjudication, I hereby state that:

1. I shall act with complete impartiality and know of nothing at this time, which could affect my impartiality.

2. I had no previous involvement with this project.

3. I do not have any financial interest in this project.

4. I am not currently employed by the Contractor, Employer or Engineer.

5. I do not have any financial connections with the Contractor, Employer or Engineer.

6. I do not have or not have had a personal relationship with any authoritative member of the Contractor, Employer

or the Engineer which could affect my impartiality.

7. I undertake to immediately disclose to the parties any changes in the above position which could affect my

impartiality or be perceived to affect the same.

Should there be any deviation from the foregoing statements, details shall be given hereunder.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………

I further declare that I am experienced in the work which is carried out under the Contract and in interpreting contract

documentation.

Name in full: ...............................................................................................

Signature: ...................................................................................................



Page C 16

C1.5: AGREEMENT IN TERMS OF SECTION 37(2) OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT No 85 OF 1993

THIS AGREEMENT is made between NDWEDWE MUNICIPALITY (hereinafter called the

EMPLOYER) of the one part, herein represented by: .......................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................

in his capacity as: ...............................................................................................................................................................

AND:

(hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR) of the other part, herein represented by ...............................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................

in his capacity as: ...............................................................................................................................................................

duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Contractor. WHEREAS the CONTRACTOR is the Mandatory of the EMPLOYER in consequence of an agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the EMPLOYER in respect of CONTRACT No: ......................................................................... (CONTRACT TITLE) ........................................................................................................................................................... for the construction, completion and maintenance of the works; AND WHEREAS the EMPLOYER and the CONTRACTOR have agreed to enter into an agreement in terms of the provisions of Section 37(2) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993, as amended by OHSA Amendment Act No 181/1993 (hereinafter referred to as the ACT); NOW THEREFORE the parties agree as follows:

1. The CONTRACTOR undertakes to acquaint the appropriate officials and employees of the CONTRACTOR with all relevant provisions of the ACT and the regulations promulgated in terms thereof.

2. The CONTRACTOR undertakes to fully comply with all relevant duties, obligations and prohibitions

imposed in terms of the ACT and Regulations: Provided that should the EMPLOYER have prescribed certain arrangements and procedures that same shall be observed and adhered to by the CONTRACTOR, his officials and employees. The CONTRACTOR shall bear the onus of acquainting himself/herself/itself with such arrangements and procedures.

3. The CONTRACTOR hereby accepts sole liability for such due compliance with the relevant duties,

obligations, prohibitions, arrangements and procedures, if any, imposed by the ACT and Regulations, and the CONTRACTOR expressly absolves the EMPLOYER and the Employer’s CONSULTING ENGINEERS from being obliged to comply with any of the aforesaid duties, obligations, prohibitions, arrangements and procedures in respect of the work included in the contract.

4. The CONTRACTOR agrees that any duly authorized officials of the EMPLOYER shall be entitled,

although not obliged, to take such steps as may be necessary to ensure that the CONTRACTOR has



Page C 17

complied with his undertakings as more fully set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, which steps may include, but shall not be limited to, the right to inspect any appropriate site or premises occupied by the CONTRACTOR, or to take such steps it may deem necessary to remedy the default of the CONTRACTOR at the cost of the CONTRACTOR.

5. The CONTRACTOR shall be obliged to report forthwith to the EMPLOYER any investigation, complaint

or criminal charge which may arise as a consequence of the provisions of the ACT and Regulations, pursuant to work performed in terms of this agreement, and shall, on written demand, provide full details in writing of such investigation, complaint or criminal charge.

Thus signed at ........................................................................................ for and on behalf of the CONTRACTOR on this the ......................... day of ………………………………….. 20……… SIGNATURE: ...................................................................................................................................................................... NAME AND SURNAME: .................................................................................................................................................... CAPACITY: ........................................................................................................................................................................ WITNESSES: 1. ......................................................................................................................

2. ......................................................................................................................

Thus signed at .............................................................................................. for and on behalf of the EMPLOYER on this the ……………….. day of ................................................................. 20……… SIGNATURE: ...................................................................................................................................................................... NAME AND SURNAME: .................................................................................................................................................... CAPACITY: ........................................................................................................................................................................ WITNESSES: 1. ..........................................................................................................................

2. ......................................................................................................................



Page C 18

C1.6: ADJUDICATION BOARD MEMBER AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into between:

Adjudication Board Member: (Name, physical address, postal address, email address, fax number, telephone

number and mobile

number)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………

Contractor: (Name, physical address, postal address, email address, fax number, telephone number and mobile

number)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………

Employer: (Name, physical address, postal address, email address, fax number, telephone, number and mobile

number)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………

The contractor and the Employer will hereinafter be collectively referred to as “the Parties”.

The Parties entered into a Contract for ……………………………………………………………….....

(name of project) which provides that a dispute under or in connection with the General Conditions of Contract for

Construction Works, Second Edition, 2010,must be referred to (ad-hoc adjudication/ standing adjudication**).

The undersigned natural person has been appointed to serve as Adjudication Board Member and together with

the undersigned Parties agree as follows:

1. The Adjudication Board Member accepts to perform his duties in accordance with the terms of the

Contract, the General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works Adjudication Board Rules and this

Agreement.

2. The Adjudicator undertakes to remain independent and impartial of the Contractor, Employer and

Engineer for the duration of the Adjudication Board proceedings.

3. The Adjudication Board Member agrees to serve for the duration of the Adjudication Board proceedings.

4. The Parties may at any time, without cause and with immediate effect, jointly terminate this Agreement.



Page C 19

5. Unless the Parties agree, the Adjudication Board Member shall not act as arbitrator or representative of

either Party in any subsequent proceedings between the Parties under the Contract. No Party may call

the Adjudication Board Member as a witness in any such subsequent proceedings.

6. The standing Adjudication Board’s duties shall end upon the Adjudication Board Member(s) receiving

notice from the Parties of their joint decision to disband the Adjudication Board.

7. The Adjudication Board Member shall be paid in respect of time spent upon or in connection with the

adjudication including time spent travelling :

a. A monthly retainer of R……………………………………(amount) for ………(number) of months, and

/or

b. A daily fee of R……………………………………(amount) based on a ……..(number) hour day, and

/or

c. A hourly fee of R……………………………………(amount), and /or

d. A non- recurrent appointment fee of R……………………………………(amount) which shall be

accounted for in the final sums payable.

8. The Adjudication Board Member’s expenses incurred in adjudication work shall be reimbursed at cost.

Upon submission of an invoice for fees and expenses to the Parties, the (Contractor/ Employer**) shall

pay the full amount within 28 days of receipt of the invoice and he shall be reimbursed by the other party

by half the amount so that the fees and expenses are borne equally by the Parties. Late payment of

such invoice shall attract the interest at prime plus 3% points compounded monthly at the prime rate

changed by the Adjudication Board Member’s bank.

This Agreement is entered into by:

Contractor’s Signature : …………………………………………..

Contractor’s name : …………………………………………..

Place : …………………………………………..

Date : …………………………………………..

Employer’s signature : …………………………………………..

Employer’s name : …………………………………………..

Place : …………………………………………..

Date

Adjudication Board Member’s signature : …………………………………………..



Page C 20

Adjudication Board Member’s name : …………………………………………..

Place : …………………………………………..

Date : …………………………………………..

**Delete the inapplicable party

BID No: NDWB 04/17/18: CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD IN WARD 10

PART C2: PRICING DATA

Page PD1





INDEX PART C2: PRICING DATA ...................................................................................................................................... 2

C2.1 Pricing Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 2 C2.2 Schedule of Quantities ......................................................................................................................... 4



Page PD2


C2.1 Pricing Instructions

1 The Conditions of Contract, the Contract Data, the Specifications (including the Project Specifications) and the

Drawings shall be read in conjunction with the Bill of Quantities. 2 The Bill comprises items covering the Contractor's profit and costs of general liabilities and of the construction

of Temporary and Permanent Works.

Although the Tenderer is at liberty to insert a rate of his own choosing for each item in the Bill, he should note the fact that the Contractor is entitled, under various circumstances, to payment for additional work carried out and that the Engineer is obliged to base his assessment of the rates to be paid for such additional work on the rates the Contractor inserted in the Bill. Clause 8 of each Standardized Specification, and the measurement and payment clause of each Particular Specification, read together with the relevant clauses of the Project Specifications, all set out which ancillary or associated activities are included in the rates for the specified operations.

3 Descriptions in the Bill of Quantities are abbreviated and may differ from those in the Standardized and Project Specifications. No consideration will be given to any claim by the Contractor submitted on such a basis. The Bill has been drawn up generally in accordance with the latest issue of Civil Engineering Quantities1. Should any requirement of the measurement and payment clause of the appropriate Standardized or Project Specification(s) be contrary to the terms of the Bill or, when relevant, to the Civil Engineering Quantities, the requirement of the appropriate Standardized, Project, or Particular Specification as the case may be, shall prevail.

4 Unless stated to the contrary, items are measured net in accordance with the Drawings without any allowance

having been made for waste. 5 The amounts and rates to be inserted in the Bill of Quantities shall be the full inclusive amounts to the Employer

for the work described under the several items. Such amounts shall cover all the costs and expenses that may be required in and for the construction of the work described, and shall cover the costs of all general risks, profits, taxes (but excluding value-added tax), liabilities and obligations set forth or implied in the documents on which the Tender is based.

6 The tenderer has to complete the schedule of quantities in full. Items against which no price is entered are to

be considered as incomplete and invalidate the tender. Items against which N/A, left blank or – (dash) is entered are to be considered as incomplete and will also invalidate the tender. Items against which Nil or zero (0) is entered are to be considered to be fully priced and the tenderer will provide the items in questions as specified at zero (0) or Nil price

Rates are to be inserted in BLACK ink. Any amendments must be neatly crossed and initialled. The use of

correction ink is NOT permitted.

The Tenderer shall also fill in a rate against the items where the words "rate only" appear in the amount column. Although no work is foreseen under these items and no quantities are consequently given in the quantity column, the tendered rates shall apply should work under these items actually be required.

The tenderer has to complete the schedule of quantities in full. Items against which no price is entered are to be considered as incomplete and invalidate the tender. Items against which N/A, left blank or – (dash)

The standard system of measurement of civil engineering quantities published by the South African

Institution of Civil Engineers.



Page PD3

is entered are to be considered as incomplete and will also invalidate the tender. Items against which Nil or zero (0) is entered are to be considered to be fully priced and the tenderer will provide the items in questions as specified at zero (0) or Nil price

The tendered rates, prices and sums shall, subject only to the provisions of the Conditions of Contract, remain valid irrespective of any change in the quantities during the execution of the Contract.

7 The quantities of work as measured and accepted and certified for payment in accordance with the

Conditions of Contract, and not the quantities stated in the Bill of Quantities, will be used to determine payments to the Contractor. The validity of the Contract shall in no way be affected by differences between the quantities in the Bill of Quantities and the quantities certified for payment.

Ordering of materials are not to be based on the Bill of Quantities, but only on information issued for construction purposes.

8 For the purposes of this Bill of Quantities, the following words shall have the meanings hereby assigned to

them: Unit : The unit of measurement for each item of work as defined in the Standardized,

Project or Particular Specifications Quantity : The number of units of work for each item Rate : The payment per unit of work at which the Tenderer tenders to do the work Amount : The quantity of an item multiplied by the tendered rate of the (same) item Sum : An amount tendered for an item, the extent of which is described in the Bill of

Quantities, the Specifications or elsewhere, but of which the quantity of work is not measured in units

9 The units of measurement indicated in the Bill of Quantities are metric units. The following abbreviations

may appear in the Bill of Quantities: mm = millimetre m = metre km = kilometre km-pass = kilometre-pass m² = square metre m²-pass = square metre-pass ha = hectare m³ = cubic metre m³-km = cubic metre-kilometre kW = kilowatt kN = kilonewton kg = kilogram t = ton (1 000 kg) % = per cent MN = meganewton MN-m = meganewton-metre PC Sum = Prime Cost Sum Prov Sum = Provisional Sum

BID No. 14/2015/2016: UPGRADE OF BABANAANGO SPORTS FIELDS (EPC/TURN-KEY CONTRACT)


Page PD4

C2.2 Schedule of Quantities

SUMMARY OF SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES

Signed: …………………….…………………………………. Date: …………………..

PD1

NDWEDWE MUNICIPALITY

COSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD UPGRADE

ITEM PAYMENT DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT

NO R c

SABS 1200 A

1200 A

1.1 8.3.0 FIXED-CHARGE ITEMS

1.1.1 8.3.1 Contractual Requirements Sum 1

8.3.2.1 Facilities for Employer

1.1.2 Access (sub clause 5.5) Sum 1

1.1.3 Dealing with water (subclause5.5) Sum 1

1.1.4 Ablution and Latrine Facilities Sum 1

1.1.5 Tools and equipment Sum 1

1.1.6 Services Connection fee (Water supplies, electrical connection) payment made against production of

service provider invoice for connection power and communicationsSum 1 R80,000.00

1.1.7Allow for percentage on above to cover overheads and profit % 80000

1.1.9 Establishment of Facilities on the Site Sum 1

1.1.10 Remove Employer's and Contractor's Site establishment on completion Sum 1

1.1.11 Other Fixed Charge Obligations Sum 1

1

1.1.13 PES Sum 1

1.1.14 PS 3.2 Sum 1

1.1.15 PS-9.11

Transportation of labour from and to two designated points such that around trip does not exceed 30km

Sum 1

1.2 Time Related Charges

1.2.2 Protection of Underground Services Months 7

1.2.3 Setting Out Months 7

1.2.4 Watching and Lighting Months 7

1.2.5 Care of Works, Damage to Persons and Property Months 7

1.1.12 PEPreparation of risk assessments, safe work procedures, the project H&S file, the H&S plan, the provision of

PPE and protective clothing, and other H&S matters that the contractor deems necessarySum

1.1.8 8.3.2.1 Notice Board Sum 1

Total Carried Forward

1.2.1 8.4.1 Contractual Requirements Months 7

8.3.0 FIXED CHARGES AND VALUE RELATED ITEMS

SECTION No.1: PRELIMINARY AND GENERAL

Completing and checking the project H&S file and handing over to the Client on completion of the works

Allow for complying fully with the procedure for working within private properties

PD2




NO R c

1.2.6 Offices and storage sheds Sum 1

1.2.7Allow for work to be Undertaken by a Nominated Laboratory for Testing of Materials as Directed by

EngineerSum 1 R40,000.00

1.2.8 Allowance for CLO Sum 1 R30,000.00

1.3 DAYWORKS

Labour

1.3.1 01 Unskilled Labour hr 10 Rate Only

1.3.2 02 Skilled Labour (artisans) hr 10 Rate Only

Construction Plant

1.3.3 (i) Grader hr 10 Rate Only

1.3.4 (ii) TLB hr 10 Rate Only

1.3.5 (iii) Dozer hr 10 Rate Only

1.3.6 (iv) Compactor (10 TON roller) hr 10 Rate Only

1.3.7 (v) Tipper Truck (10m3) hr 10 Rate Only

1.3.8 Allow for locating existing services Sum 1

1.3.9 Allow for compliance with environmental requirements Months 5

1.4 PROVISIONAL SUMS

1.4.1 Trainee Civil Engineering student with National Diploma Level Sum 1 40,000.00 R40,000.00 0

1.4.2 Main Contractor's Mark up % 40,000.00

Engineer's Surveyor

1.4.4 Main Contractor's Mark up % 42,500.00

Engineer's Supervision

1.4.5 Allow for Engineers Telephone Costs Sum 1 10,000.00 R10,000.00 0

1.4.6 Allow for An Independent Operational Health and Safety Audit, as nominated by the Engineer Sum 1 R140,000.00 0

1.4.7 Main Contractor's Mark Up % 140,000.00

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANT

1.2.9 Allow for percentage on above to cover overheads and profit (1.2.7 & 1.2.8) % R30,000.00

Brought Forward

Total Carried Forward to Summary

8.4.2.1 Facilities for Contractor for the duration of Construction, except where otherwise stated

1.4.3Provide the amount of R 42 500.00 (Fourty Two Thousand and Five Hundred Rand) Net for engineer's

surveyorSum 1 42,500.00 R42,500.00 0

1.5.1 Full compliance with EMPr specification during construction period Sum

PD3




NO R c

2.1 SABS 1200 SECTION 2: SOCCER FIELD

2.1.1 Remove topsoil to nominal depth of 200mm and deposit as spoil material on site (within 5km) m³ 3562.5

1200D Bulk excavation

2.1.2 8.3.2Rip and compact in-situ material not exceeding 200m deep to form platform, including compaction to 93%

Mod AASTHO Density.m³ 3562.5

2.1.3Cut to spoil material on site, as directed by the engineer including compaction to 93% Mod AASTHO

Density.m³ 50

Extra over for

2.1.4 Intermediate material m³ 10

2.1.5 Hard rock m³ 450

1200 DM Filling, etc.

2.1.6 Import coarse river sand to place in 150m layer m² 16055

2.1.7 8.3.16Import Gravel surface layer G7 material from a commercial source, place into 150mm layer, and compact to

93% Mod-AASHTOm³ 2375

2.1.8Imported weed free topsoil from a commercial sources spread and levelled on the pitch in 100mm layers to

raise level by 150mm field sizes 120 x 90m including light compaction as may be deemed by Engineer.m³ 2160

1200 DM Drainage, etc

2.1.9

Install sub-surface drainage comprising of 110mm diameter agricultural drains placed in 450mm x 600mm

herring borne pattern drainage system at 6m intervals and to entire perimeter, lined with Bidum Hessian

mayer and filled with 19mm crusher run stone

m 2230

2.1.9Earth formed and grassed V shaped drain 2.0m wide with depth 500mm extreme, including excavation,

shaping, etc.to form channel. Grassing elsewhere.m 400

2.1.10Supply, handle, lay and test perforated uPVC/PVC pipes with Z Lok joints in bedding for flexible pipes:

250mm Dia Class 34 (SABS 966-1)m 150

2.1.11 PVC pressure bends with Z Locks one end only

11,25 degree bend No. 25

2.1.12 Construct storm-water inlet chamber, head wall, with stone pitching, as per the supplied drawings No. 4

Grassing

2.1.13 Supply and lay grass instant turf including fertiliser at a rate of 500kg /hectare m² 12000

2.1.14 Cover grass with thin layer of of sieved top soil to a depth of 15mm of the grass and smoothen m² 12000

2.1.15 Water 3 times a week for a period of period of 2moths m² 12000

2.1.16Grass Maintenance including weeding, fertilizer, grass mowing every two weeks and watering at rate of

68.0kl per weekMonth 3

Ancillary Works

2.1.17 Line marking as per the drawings supplied Sum 1

2.1.19 Goal Posts (Painted with rappropriatee white paint) No. 2

2.1.20 Net to Goal Posts No. 2


PD4


COSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD UPGRADE..


NO R c

SECTION No. 3. COMBO COURT

3.0.1 Clear Site m² 800

3.0.2 Removal of 150mm Topsoil incl. Carting Away to a distance of up to 5km m³ 160

3.0.3 Bulk Earthworks m³ 170

3.0.4 Rip & Compact In-Situ Earth to 93% Mod AASHTO m³ 160

3.0.5 150mm G4 material compacted to 98% MOD AASHTO m³ 120

3.0.6 125mm Strength Concrete Grade 20Mpa, cured for 7 days m³ 64

3.0.7 Figure 12 Kerb, all round, as edge restraint m 100

3.08 Concrete Grade 15MPa, to hold the kerbs in place m³ 6

3.09 250 Micron Damp Proof Course below concrete slab m² 630

3.0.8 Asphalt to Final Finish m² 285

3.0.9 Polyurethane Coating to Asphalt m² 576

3.10 Line Markings by Specialists Sum R18,000.00

3.10.1 Main Contractor's Mark Up % 18000 10.00 R1,800.00

3.11 Sub-Soil Drainage to Perimeter, and connect to storm-water network m 115

3.12 Storm-water catch-pits No 2

3.13Allow a provisional sum for refurbishment of existing combi court by a Client nominated sub-contractor, and

as directed by the EngineerSum 1 R180,000.00

3.14 Allow for Contractor's Mark-Up % R180,000.00

Total Carried Forward To Summary

PD5


COSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD UPGRADE...


NO R c

4.1 SABS 1200 SECTION 4: ATHLETIC TRACK

4.1.1 Remove topsoil to nominal depth of 200mm and deposit as spoil material on site (within 5km) m³ 3300

1200D Bulk excavation

4.1.2 8.3.2Rip and compact in-situ material not exceeding 200m deep to form platform, including compaction to 93%

Mod AASTHO Density.m³ 2750

4.1.3Cut to spoil material on site, as directed by the engineer including compaction to 93% Mod AASTHO

Density.m³ 50

Extra over for

4.1.4 Intermediate material m³ 50

4.1.5 Hard rock m³ 660

1200 DM Filling, etc.

4.1.6 Import coarse river sand to place in 150m layer m² 5000

4.1.7 8.3.16Import Gravel surface layer G7 material from a commercial source, place into 150mm layer, and compact to

93% Mod-AASHTOm³ 990

4.1.8Imported weed free topsoil from a commercial sources spread and levelled on the pitch in 100mm layers to

raise level by 150mm field sizes 120 x 90m including light compaction as may be deemed by Engineer.m³ 1400

1200 DM Drainage, etc

4.1.9

Install sub-surface drainage comprising of 110mm diameter agricultural drains placed in 450mm x 600mm

herring borne pattern drainage system at 6m intervals and to entire perimeter, lined with Bidum Hessian

mayer and filled with 19mm crusher run stone

m 900

4.1.9Earth formed and grassed V shaped drain 2.0m wide with depth 500mm extreme, including excavation,

shaping, etc.to form channel. Grassing elsewhere.m 595

2.1.10Supply, handle, lay and test disinfect uPVC pipes with Z Lok joints in bedding for flexible pipes: 250mm Dia

Class 34 (SABS 966-1)m 150

PVC pressure bends with Z Locks one end only

11,25 degree bend No. 25

Construct storm-water interception chamber, head wall, with stone pitching, as per the supplied drawings No. 4

Grassing

4.1.10 Supply and lay grass instant turf including fertiliser at a rate of 500kg /hectare m² 5000

4.1.11 Cover grass with thin layer of of sieved top soil to a depth of 15mm of the grass and smoothen m² 5000

4.1.12 Water daily for a period of period of 3moths m² 5000

4.1.13Grass Maintenance including weeding, fertilizer, grass mowing every two weeks and watering at rate of

68.0kl per weekMonths 3

Ancillary Works

4.1.14 Line Marking as per the drawing provided Sum


PD6




NO R c

SECTION No.5: PLAYERS CHANGE ROOM AND ABLUTION BLOCK

Digging up and removing rubbish, debris, vegetation, shrubs m² 147

and trees not exceeding 100 mm diameter.

5.1.2 Remove top soil to a depth of 400mm, and dispose off site as directed by the Engineer (within 5km) m3 70

5.2.8 Soil poisoning to be carried out by a registered pest control company and certificate to be supplied

5.2.9To horizontal surfaces, etc. including forming and poisoning shallow furrows against foundation walls and

filling in furrows and rammingm

2 154

5.2.10 Testing:

5.2.10.1 Main Contractor's Mark-Up % 15000

R15,000.00

5.1 SABS 1200 C SITE CLEARANCE,ETC

EARTHWORKS

5.2.4 Hard rock m3 10

5.2.1 1200 DA Excavation 750mm wide trenched in earth not exceeding 1m deep m3 100

5.2 EXCAVATION,FILLING,ETC

5.1.1 8.2.1

5.2.3 Soft rock m3 12

Extra over trench excavation in earth for excavation in

5.2.2 8.3.1(b) Trenches m3 65

5.2.5 Backfilling to trenches, holes, etc. m3 35

Earth filling obtained from the excavations and /or prescribed stockpiles on site compacted to 93% Mod.

AASTHO Density.

5.2.7 Keeping excavations free of all water other than subterranean water Sum

5.2.6

Selected material from stockpile spread and level in layers not exceeding 150mm thick and compacted to

95% Mod AAHTO Density in forming levels under solid floor surfacing, 4 litres of moisture to each square

metre of surface area.

m3 30.6


Keeping excavations free of water

5.2.10.1 Allow for compaction tests to be performed by specialist Sum

PD7




NO R c

5.3SABS 1200

GBCONCRETE, FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT

5.3.1 CONCRETE

5.3.1.1 MASS CONCRETE

Concrete (20 MPa) in:

5.3.1.1.1 Concrete foundations m3 15

Reinforced concrete (25 MPa)

5.3.1.2.1 Concrete floor slab and Sitting Benches m3 30.65

4.2.1.2.2 Concrete apron slab m3 16

5.3.2 FORMWORK

5.3.2.1 5.2.1(a) Rough formwork:

5.3.2.2 Edges, risers, ends and reveals not exceeding 300 mm high m 90

5.3.4.1 Surface beds not exceeding 200mm thick m 30

5.3.3. FABRIC REINFORCEMENT

5.3.3.1 Ref 193 Mesh(measured net) m2 165

5.3.3.2 Steel reinforcing ton 6

5.3.4

Brought Forward

MOVEMENT JOINTS


Vertical joggle joints construction joints through concrete including thick cement slurry to one face

PD8




NO R c

5.3.4 BRICKWORK:

Sizes in descriptions

Where sizes in descriptions are given in brick units, "one brick" shall represent the length and "half brick"

the width of a brick

Hollow wall, etc.

Walls in two skins described as " bagged and sealed" shall be deemed to include having the outer face of

the inner skin bagged with approved cement and sand mixture and sealed with two coats "Brick seal"

bitumen emulsion

Samples:

Samples of all masonry building units, except those for walls described as "load bearing", shall consist of a

minimum of six units. Samples of building units to be used in walls described as "load bearing" shall

Note: Foundation walls to built up to surface bed level and surface bed concrete to be poured between

walls as per Engineers specifications

5.3.4.1 FOUNDATIONS

5.3.4.2 Corobrik Engineering Bricks in 2 skin below ground level in foundations (including building class I motar) m² 61.5

5.3.4.3 SUPERSTRUCTURE

Corobrik FBX Firelight Travertine Face bricks in class I motar

Agate Satin Facebrick in Class I Motar

Corobrik Commons

5.3.4.3.1 Piers m² 5

5.3.4.3.2 One Brick wall: Agate Satin Facebrick m² 193.6

5.3.4.3.3 One Brick Wall: Corobrik Firelight Travertine Face Brick m² 66

5.3.4.3.4 One Brick Wall: Corobrik Commons m² 350

5.3.4.3.5 Two Brick Wall: Corobrik Commons m² 10

5.3.4.3.3 Half brick wall m² 50

Brickwork sundries

5.3.4.3.4 Cement wash of 1:3 liquid cement and sand mixture applied with a brush on internal walls m² 670

Precast prestressed fabricated lintels

5.3.4.3.5 110 x 75 mm Lintels m 40

Sundries

5.3.4.3.61,65 mm Galvanized hoop iron strap 30 mm wide and 400 mm long. Both ends bends bent and built into

brickwork.No 25

5.3.4.3.7 Fibre cement sill m 15

Extra over for fair face


Brought Forward

PD9




NO R c

5.3.5SABS

021:2002WATERPROOFING

5.3.5.1 7.3 One layer of 250micron "Gunplas" or equal approved DPM under floors m2 165

5.3.5.2 7.3.1One layer of 375 micron "Consol or equal approved Plastics Brikgrip or equal approved DPC embossed

damp proof course on walls.m

2 35

5.3.6 ROOF COVERING, ETC

5.3.6.1 PROFILED METAL SHEETING AND ACCESSORIES

5.3.6.1.1Saflok 700 Profile Zincalume Roof Sheeting Laid at 18

o pitch on 38x50mm SSAP Batterns at 320mm c/c

max on Sisalation RSA 420 Underlay Purlins on Trainling Tape on Timber Trussesm

2 215

5.3.6.1.2 Bent flashing with girth 480mm m 10

5.3.6.2 ROOF AND WALL INSULATION

'Sisalation 420'' heavy industrial grade aluminium foil based insulation

5.3.6.2.1Insulation laid out over purlins (at approximately 600mm centres) and fixed concurrent with roof covering

including galvanised steel straining wiresm

2 215

5.3.6.3 RAINWATER DISPOSAL

5.3.6.3.1 Continuous 0.6mm chromadek seamless gutters m 125

5.3.6.3.2 Extra over eaves gutter for stopped ends No 5

5.3.6.3.3 Extra over eaves gutter for outlet for 75mm pipe No 7

5.3.6.3.4 75m Diameter rainwater pipes m 24

5.3.6.3.5 Extra over rainwater pipe for shoe No 6

5.3.6.3.6 Extra over rainwater pipe for eaves or plinth offset 110m projection No 4


Brought Forward

PD 10




NO R c

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

5.3.7 TRUSSES,ETC.

5.3.7.1

Prefabricated and Installation of a monopitch roof trusses manufactured by specialist including to suit 20m

span (or As per Drawing) and with 0.6m overhang at eaves. Timber pieces gang nailed and fixed to wall

plate with hoop iron ties complete. The supply to also include 50mm x 76mm Purlins

Sum 1

5.3.7.1.3 225 x 10mm fascia boards including galvanised steel H-profile jointing strips m 125

Doors,etc.

5.3.7.1.4

Double door 2032 x 813 x 40mm hardwood ledged and braced battened door and weather board with 40 x

110m styles and top rail, 20 x 150mm middle ledge, 20 x 225mm bottom ledge and 20 x 110mm braces add

weather board. (frame measured elswhere).

No 2

5.3.7.1.5Standard 813 x 2032mm semi-solid core flush panel door with hardwood edges / to suit frame, all as per

manufacture/ supplier.No 23

5.3.7.1.6 44 mm Thick framed ledged braced and battened Door size (813 x 2032 mm) hung to meranti frames. No 3

5.3.8 CEILING, PARTITION AND ACCESS FLOORING

NOTE: Tenderers are advised to study the Model Preambles for Trades before pricing this bill

5.3.8.1 SUPPLEMENTARY PREAMBLES

Descriptions

Items described as "nailed" shall be deemed to be fixed with hardened steel nails or pins or shot pinned to

brickwork or concrete

Items described as "plugged" shall be deemed to include screwing to fibre, plastic or metal plugs at not

exceeding 600mm centres, and where described as "bolted" the bolts have been give elsewhere

Electrical light fittings, diffusers, panels, etc generally are "lay in" units of the same dimensions as the

suspension grid described and allowance must be made accordingly for their support inclusive of any

flexibility insetting out

5.3.8.2 NAILED UP CEILINGS

6.4mm "Rhinoboard M-Strip" ceiling fixed print side up to bradering with 32mm galvanized semi-serrated

nails or 32mm grabber screws at 150mm centres with plastic "M-Strip" cover strips over joints with all nail or

screw

5.3.8.3Ceiling including 1 x 1mm sawn softwood brandering at 40mm centres in one direction only to trusses

(elsewehre measured) at 1260mm centresm² 164

5.3.8.4Extra over ceiling for 600 x 600mm trap door of 1 x 1mm wrought softwood rebated framing with one 1 x

1mm sawn softwood cross brander covered with ceiling board and fitted flush in openingNo. 6

"Rhino" Moulded Gypsum Cornices

5.3.8.5 75mm Coved cornice m 155


Brought Forward

PD11




NO R c

5.3.9 IRONMONGERY

5.3.9.7.1 150 x 150mm anodised aluminium plate with "Male" or "Female" symbol No 4

4.8.1.3.5 Solid 250-E40 coat hook No 24

5.3.9.2 32mm Open brass piano hinges No 46

5.3.9.1 HINGES,BOLTS,LOCKS,ETC

5.3.9.4 3 Lever mortice lock with striking plate No 20

5.3.9.3 Satin chrome WC indicator bolt No

5.3.9.5 4 Lever Rebated door lockset complete No 4

Locks

144

5.3.9.8 Sundries

5.3.9.6 DOOR STOP

5.3.9.7 LETTERS, NAMEPLATES, ETC

5.3.9.6.1 38mm Diameter rubber door stop plugged. No 22


5.3.9.8.2 Lockable toilet roll holder plugged No 20

5.3.9.8.1 Pull handle No 10

5.3.9.8.1 Liquid soap dispenser No 10

Brought Forward

PD12




NO R c

5.3.10 METALWORK

5.3.10.5(b) ii) Window Schedule Type W01 (Refer to Schedule): Ablution Block No. 2

5.3.10.6(a) Window Schedule Type W02 (Refer to Schedule): Ablution Block No 8

5.3.10.7 Window Schedule Type W03 (Refer to Schedule): Change Room No. 4

5.3.10.9(b) Mahogany door schedule D01 (Refer to Door Schedule): Ablution Block No 6

5.3.10.10(a) Mahogany or Similar Approved door schedule D02 (Refer to Door Schedule): Change Room No 8

5.3.10.10(b) Mahogany or Similar Approved door schedule D02 (Refer to Door Schedule): Ablution Block No 2

5.3.10.10 Provisional Sum for Work Identified on Site Sum R25,000.00 0

5.3.10.11 Contractor's Mark Up % 25000

5.3.10.12 Sliding Shower Doors, as per Schedule (SHR) No. 8

5.3.10.1 GALVANISED STEEL WINDOWS,FRAMES,ETC:

5.3.10.2 1,6 mm Double rebated pressed metal jamb-lining size 813 x 2032mm to siut wall 230mm wide No 10

Hot dipped galvanised "standard residential type" metal door frames

Natural anodised steel "Standard residential type" windows



5.3.10.6(a) Window Schedule Type W02 (Refer to Schedule): Change Room No 4

5.3.10.5(a) i) Window Schedule Type W01 (Refer to Schedule): Change Room No

5.3.10.9(a) Mahogany door schedule D01 (Refer to Door Schedule): Change Room No

5.3.10.8(a) Heavy duty door schedule D01 (Refer to Door Schedule): Change Room & Ablution Block No 4

5.3.10.8(b)Hot dipped galvanised steel security gates, G01 (Refer to Schedule), Cut to Fit Change Room & Ablution

Blocks AentrancesNo. 3

10


Hot dipped galvanised steel roll-up door as "Wispeco" or equally approved

2

Brought Forward

PD13




NO R c

5.3.11 PLASTERING

5.3.11.3 EXTERNAL PLASTER

15mm Cement plaster on brickwork

5.3.11.3 On walls m² 20

5.3.12.1.2 Wall hung Wash hand basin fixations 470 (w) x290 (b) x165mm (h) without pedestal complete. No 6

5.3.12.1.3(a)"Vaal sanitary ware vitreous china" or other approved wall hung flat back urinal overall size 415 x 315 x

275mm including urinal flush valve and all accessories (Change Room)No 1

5.3.12.1.3(b)"Vaal sanitary ware vitreous china" or other approved wall hung including urinal flush valve and all

accessories (Ablution Room)No 2

22mm Pipes m 45

7.2.2 SANITARY FITTINGS

5.3.12.1.1 White glazed W/C Pan, floor mounted, wash down type, "P" trap horizontal outlet, open rim flush complete No 16

Traps, etc.

5.3.12.1.4 32 x 40 Flexible rubber deep seal "P" or "S" trap No 20

5.3.11.1 SCREEDS

INTERNAL PLASTER

Granolithic screeds steel trowelled on concrete

5.3.11.1 25mm Thick on floors and landings m² 165

Apply two or more coats of High Build floor coating – Flow coat SF41 or Flow shield 1000 with non-slip grit

5.3.11.4 SPECIAL FLOOR COATINGS

5.3.11.2.1 On walls m² 545

15mm Cement plaster on brickwork


5.3.11.4.1 On floors m2 20

5.3.12 SABS 967.00 PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE

5.3.12.1

5.3.12.2.1 15mm m 5

5.3.12.2.2

5.3.11.2

Brought Forward

PD14




NO R c

Copper Piping chased into walls including wrapping

in 2 layers of Kraft paper

5.3.13.5 Testing whole of plumbing system Item

Item

5.3.13.4 Testing whole of drainage system for Water Tightness Sum

5.3.12.3.2Manhole in PC rings including all necessary excavations, backfill, manhole cover and bedding in depth n.e.

1mNo 3

5.3.12.2.4 15mm fittings No 20

EO for brass fittings

5.3.12.2.3 15mm m 80

5.3.12.2.4 22 mm No 8

Ball type isolating valves with handles

Isolating Valves

5.3.12.2.4 22mm fittings No 15

Cobra Watertech or equal approved

Taps, etc.

5.3.12.2.4 15 mm No 6

Ditto but screwdriver operated

Gulleys, etc.

5.3.12.3 SABS 967.00 DRAINAGE

5.3.12.2.5 22mm Brass garden bibtap No 6

5.3.12.2.4 15mm CP star pillar tap No 16


5.3.12.3.1 Gulley complete with trap, grating, precast concrete surround and set in concrete No 4

Manholes, etc.

Testing

5.3.12.3.3 Connecting to existing manhole/Conservancy Tank

Brought Forward

PD15




NO R c

5.3.15 TILING

5.3.15.1 WALL TILING

150 x 150 x 2,5mm 'Johnson Alpine' or other approved glazed ceramic tiles fixed to adhesive and flush

pointing with an approved tinted waterproofing jointing compound.

5.13.16 GLAZING

35.00

6,3mm Obscure glass in aluminium sashes, including putty.

5.13.16.1.1 Panes exceeding 0,1 but not exceeding 0,5m2 windows m

2

GLAZING TO STEEL WITH PUTTY

300 x 300 x 4mm 'Johnson Alpine' or other approved glazed ceramic tiles fixed to adhesive and flush

5.13.15.1.2 On floors m2 158

5.3.15.1.1 On walls m2 128.08

5.3.14.1 PAINTWORK TO NEW SURFACES

5.3.14SABS ISO

12944 PAINTWORK

On internal walls m2 720

One coat bonding liquid and two coats interior quality PVA emulsion paint

Apply one coat self-etching primer, one undercoat and two coats silthane gloss enamel paint on galvanised

steel

5.3.14.3 ON METAL

5.3.14.2.1

One coat bonding liquid and two coats exterior quality PVA emulsion paint

5.3.14.2 ON PLASTER BOARD

5.3.14.1.1

One coat wood primer, one undercoat and two coats silhane gloss enamel

5.3.14.4 ON WOOD

5.3.14.3.2 On doors frames internally m2 15

5.3.14.3.1 On doors frames internally m2 94.48

5.3.14.4.2 On doors externally m2 12

5.3.14.4.1 On doors internally m2 94.48

5.13.16.1

On fascias and barge boards with girth not exceeding 450mm m 130

Brought Forward


PD16




NO R c

SABS 1200 SECTION 6: EXTERNAL WORKS

6.1.1

Allow a provisional sum for supply and installation of perimeter Clear Vu/Anti-Climb type fencing (1,8m high

complete with all necessary fittings, concrete, steel poles etc) by a Client nominated Sub-Contractor under

their 20% local content policy

Sum 1.00 R980,000.00

6.1.2 Contractor's Mark-Up % R980,000.00

Galvanised mild steel gate Gates to be hot dipped galvanised tubular steel covered with fencing to match

the adjoining work laced frame. Hung on 20mm dia. adjustable eyebolt hinges wrapped around framing with

collar welded above hinge.

6.1.3Supply and install Sliding gate approximately 4000 x 1800mm high including sliding track, as per Drawings

(Rate to include all fittings, concrete works, earthworks etc, required for a functional gate)No. 1

6.1.4

Supply 2x32mm diameter tubular framed single gate size 1000x1800mm high (or similar approved)

including adjustable hinges and standard semi-circular hinged gate lock, hung to posts (Rate to include all

fittings, concrete works, earthworks etc, required for a functional gate)

No. 1

Electrical

6.2.1

Supply and install all electrical materials for the security gate house, ablution block, change room etc,

including all fittings by your approved electrical technician, including provision of certificate of compliance

(CoC).

Sum 1

6.2.2 Allow a Provisional Sum for the Engineers Independent electrical inspector Sum 1 R25,000.00 0

6.2.3

Supply and installation of sports field lighting poles and luminaire (for theathletic tracand soccer field,

combo court and parking), including all trenching, cabling, foundations concrete works, connection to

Eskom Transformer etc

Sum 1

6.2.4 Allow for an Eskom Transformer Sum 1 R150,000.00

6.2.5 Profit and general attendance for Item 6.2.2 & 6.2.3 % R175,000.00

6.1 FENCING

Total Carried

PD17




NO R c

6.2.6Construction of conservancy tank, as per the drawings provided. The rate should include for all excavations,

concrete works, steel works, block works, testing etcNo. 1

6.2.7

Provide an amount of R200 000,00 (Two Hundred Thousand Rands) for demolishing of existing building

and rehabilitation of the area by a Client nominated Sub-Contractor, under the Municipality's 20% local

business policy

Prov Sum 1 200,000.00 R200,000.00

6.2.8

Provide an amount of R150 000 (One Hundred Thousand Rands) for rehabilitation of existing combo court

and general site clearance by a Client nominated Sub-Contractor, under the Municipality's 20% local

business policy

Prov Sum 1 150,000.00 R150,000.00

6.2.9Allow a Provisional Sum of R60 000 for paintwork, as identified by the Engineer and to be implemented by a

Client nominated Sub-Contractor, under the Municipality's 20% local business policyProv Sum 1 R60,000.00 R60,000.00

6.2.9 Profit and general attendance for items 6.27 to 6.29 % 410,000.00

6.2.10 Parking

6.2.10.1 General site clearance, including disposing unsuitable material within 5km radius from site m2 2348

6.2.10.2 Rip 150mm Insitu material and compact to 93% MOD AASHTO m3 360

6.2.10.3 Supply, and place 150mm sub-base material (G5) and compact to 98% MOD AASHTO m3 360

6.2.10.4 Supply and lay 25mm sand from commercial source (As Per SABS 1200MJ) m³ 60.00

6.2.10.5 60mm Interlocking Blocks as Per SABS 1200MJ 250 Micron DPC m² 2,348.00

6.2.10.6 Kerbing and Channeling m 340.00

6.2.10.7 Markings m 300.00


Brought Forward

PD18




NO R c

6.3SABS

1200DMGRAVEL ACCESS ROAD

6.3.1 1200C Site Clearance

6.3.1 8.2.1 Strip side vergies of all grass, bush and boulders, 1,5m wide on each side of the road m2 1500

8.2.2 Remove and grub trees and stumps and cart to dump off site of girth

6.3.1.1 a) Over 0.5m and up to and including 1m No. 1

6.3.1.2 a) Over 0.5m and up to and including 2m No. 1

6.3.2 8.2.8 Demolish and remove structures Sum

6.3.3 Transport materials and debris to unspecified dump site (5km from site) m3/km 20

6.3.2 SABS Earthworks

6.3.2.1 8.3.8.1 Excavate by hand in soft material to locate and expose existing services as directed by the Engineer m3 15

6.3.3 SABS Earthworks (Roads Sub-Grade)

1200DM

8.3.3 Treatment of Road Bed

a) Road -bed preperation and compactin of material

6.3.3.1 i) Rip and compact 150mm in-situ matrial and compact to 93% Mod AASHTO m3 700

(b) Extra over item 2.4.1 for:

6.3.3.1.1 (i) Intermediate material m3 35

6.3.3.1.2 (ii) Hard rock material m3 18

6.3.3.2 8.3.4Cut from side of embankments and roadway to fill in roadway compacted to 90% Mod AASHTO density.

Rate to include for benching trimming and forming v drain in cut areas

8.3.6 Extra over item 8.3.4 for:

6.3.3.2.1 (i) Intermediate material m3 50

6.3.3.2.2 (ii) Hard rock material m3 8

8.3.7 Cut to spoil (rate to include for hauling of material to a registered dump site)

6.3.3.2.3 a) Soft Excavation m3 10

6.3.3.2.4 b) Intermediate Excavation m3 10


Brought Forward

PD19




NO R c

6.3.4 8.3.16 Gravel Surface Layer

6.3.4.1

Supply and process gravel surface layer 150mm thick using G5 quality gravel compacted to 98% Mod

Aashto density. Rate to include for sourcing of material, excavating, loading, hauling, placing, compaction

and royalties if any

m3 750

6.3.5 Surface Finishes

6.3.5.1 8.3.13 Topsoiling of embankments and shoulders m3 250

6.3.6SABS

1200MMAncillary Roadworks

8.3 Permanent Road Signs

6.3.6.1 R 1 No. 2

6.3.6.2 R201-20 No. 1

6.3.6.3 W104 No. 1

8.3.3 Sign Supports

6.3.6.4 i) Timber Posts No. 4

6.3.6.5 8.3.4 Excavating, concreting and backfilling of sign supports m3 5

6.3.7 SABS Storm-Water Drainage

6.3.7.1 1200LE Excavate for Trenches

8.3.2

Excavation in all classes of material for trenches using labour intensive. Rate to include for trimming,

timbering, dewatering, compaction and disposal of surplus or unsuitable material for pipes of dia 375 and up

to 900mm dia to

6.3.7.1.1 (b) 0.00m-0.5m m3 20

6.3.7.1.2 (i) 0.5m-1.0m m3 12

6.3.7.1.3SABS

1200LBProvision of bedding material from trench excavation

Supply, handle, lay, joint and bed on class C beddind, OGEE jointed concrete pipes with rubber collars

6.3.8 Pipes

Supply, handle, lay, joint and bed on class C beddind, OGEE jointed concrete pipes with rubber collars

6.3.8.1 a) 600mm Dia Class 100D

6.3.8.1.1 8.2.8Construct standard stormwater manholes as per attached details, including excavation and disposal of

surplus material

6.3.8.2 8.2.10 Head Walls

6.3.8.2 i) For 600mm diameter pipes as per detail No. 3

6.3.8.3 SABS 1200D Drainage

6.3.8.3.1 Form stone pitching drain as per standard detail m 20

Brought Forward


PD20




NO R c

6.4SABS

1200DAWATER RETICULATION

6.4.1 1200C Minor Structures and Chambers

6.4.1.1 8.3.1(a) Excavate in all materials and use for backfilling or dispose as ordered for minor structures and chambers m3 12

8.3.1 (c) Extra over Item 7.4.1 for :

6.4.1.1.1 i) Intermediate excavation m3 8

6.4.1.1.2 ii) Hard rock excavation m3 2

6.4.2 SABS 1200 Site Clearance

8.3.1(a) Clear vegetation and trees of girth up to 1m along route of pipelines

8.3.1(b) Clear Trees

6.4.2.1 i) Girth less than 1m No. 1

6.4.2.2 ii) Girth greater than 1m but less than 2m No. 1

6.4.3 SABS 1200 Excavation

Selective excavation by hand in all materials, backfill, compact or dispose of surplus/unsuitable material, for

pipes up to and including 300 mm diameter for depths:

6.4.3.1 i) 0,0m - 1,0m m 400

6.4.3.2 ii) 1,0m - 1,5m m 50

8.3.2

Selective excavation by machine in all materials for trenches, backfill, compact or dispose of

surplus/unsuitable material, for pipes up to and including 300mm dia for depths: (rate to include for shoring

where necessary)

Over and up

6.4.3.3 0,0m - 1,0m m 40

6.4.3.4 1,0m - 1,5m m 20

8.3.2Excavate in all materials beyond the limits of pipe trenches for thrust walls, valve chambers, anchor blocks

where ordered by the Engineer:

Over and Up to

6.4.3.5 0,0m - 1,0m m³ 5

6.4.3.6 1,0m - 2,0m m³ 5

8.3.2 (b) EO Items B.4.1 to B.4.4 for :

6.4.3.7 Hard rock excavation m³ 8

6.4.3.8 Removal of rock without the use of explosives (where ordered by the Engineer) m³ 5

6.4.3.9 Excavation Ancilliaries

6.4.3.10 8.2.2 (c) Excavate unsuitable material from trench bottom and dispose m³ 5

Stone Bedding

6.4.3.11 Supply and place stone bedding m³ 5

6.4.3.12 Supply and lay geotextile fabric (as Kaymat U14) m² 15

6.4.4SABS 1200

DBBackfill Material

6.4.4.1 Backfill material from selected excavated material m³ 290

6.4.4.2 8.3.3.1 Imported backfill material from commercial sources m³ 10

6.4.4.3 Imported backfill material from designated borrow pit m³ 10

6.4.4.4 8.3.3.3 Compaction under roadways with imported approved granular material from sources identfied by contractor m³ 5

6.4.4.5 DB 5.1.2.4 Supply and install sack breakers in trenches N° 5

6.4.4.6 Build cross embankments as specified where ordered m³ 4

Brought Forward


PD21




NO R c

6.4.5 8.2.5 (b) Dealing with Services that adjoin a Trench:

6.4.5.1 i) Stormwater pipes up to 450mm dia m 10

6.4.5.2 ii) Stormwater pipes up over 450mm dia and up to 900mm dia m 10

6.4.5.3 iii) Telkom cables m 10

iv) Electric cables (LT) m 15

v) Electric cables (HT) m 5

vi) Water mains 75mm to 150mm dia m 5

6.4.5.2Allow everything necessary for working within 1,0m from existing overhead services poles. Rate to include

for supporting and maintaining pole during construction.N° 2

6.4.6SABS 1200

LBPIPEWORK

6.4.6.1 Provision of Bedding

8.2.1 Selected from trenches, and/or other excavations without the need for screening or other treatment:

6.4.6.1.1 Selected granular material m³ 45

6.4.6.1.2 Selected fill material m³ 4

6.4.6.2 Supply of bedding from commercial sources, where ordered

6.4.6.2.1 Selected granular material m³ 10

6.4.6.2.2 Selected fill material m³ 10

6.4.6.2.3 8.2.3 Concrete bedding cradle m³ 2

6.4.6.2.4 8.2.4 Concrete encasing of pipes in trenches in 20/19 concrete m³ 2

6.4.6.2 Pipe Laying

SABS 1200 L HDPE pipes and fittings

6.4.6.2.1 HDPE pipes SABS 533

Supply, handle, lay and test HDPE pipes and fittings (Plasson compression fittings or similar approved)

6.4.6.2.1.1 Pipes

75mm dia, Class 16 m 400

6.4.6.2.2 Tees (Class 16)

6.4.6.2.2.1 110x 110mm N° 1

6.4.6.2.3 Reducers (Class 16)

6.4.6.2.3.1 110 x 65mm reducers N° 1

6.4.6.2.4 Male Adaptors (Class 16)

6.4.6.2.4.1 75mm x 2" N° 5

6.4.6.2.5 Female Adaptors (Class 16)

6.4.6.2.5.1 75 mm dia N° 5

Brought Forward


PD22




NO R c

6.4.6.2.6 Valves and Meters

Supply, handle, lay, joint, test and disinfect valves. All valves to be SABS approved, (flanged to SABS 1123,

table 2500). Rate to include for all bolts, nuts, gaskets and jointing material

6.4.6.2.6.1 75mm dia wedge gate valve with square cap N° 2

75mm dia SAFMAG Meter or similar approved N° 1

6.4.6.2.7 Sundries

a) Valve Chambers

Supply all materials and construct complete chambers. Pipes and fittings scheduled elsewhere

Supply and build valve box complete as shown on Drawing N° Ulu-2015-03-W-002

6.4.6.2.7.1.1 Of overall depth not exceeding 1,25m N° 1

6.4.6.2.7.1.2 EO Item D.1.1.1 individual precast rings as shown on Drawing N° Ulu-2015-03-W-03 N° 5

6.4.6.2.8 Marker Posts

6.4.6.2.8.1

Supply and install marker beacons as shown on Drawing N° Ulu-2015-03-W-03 at all horizontal bends on

pipeline and where ordered by the Engineer, incl. for painting twice with yellow road marking paint and

concrete surround

N° 35

6.4.6.2.9 Elevated Tank

Construct 10kl elevated steel tank, including foundation excavations, backfilling, concreting, reinforcement

steel, anchor bolts, 50mm inlet and outlet steel pipe with appropriate valves, as per the drawing provided.

The elevated steel structure supply to provide with a structural certificate.

No. 1

6.4.6.2.9.1Allow a provisional sum for geohydrological studies, borehole drilling and/or refurbishment of existing

borehole, lining of borehole by a Specialist and Installation of Pump and Associated Electrical WorksProv Sum 1 R185,000.00 R185,000.00

6.4.6.2.9.2Allow a provisional sum for supply and installation of appropriately sized borehole pump, including all valve

works, pipework, controls etcSum 1 R75,000.00 R75,000.00 0

6.4.6.2.9.3 Contractor's Mark Up on item 6.4.6.2.9.1 to 6.4.6.2.9.2 % 260,000.00

Brought Forward


PD23




NO R c

SECTION 1 P&G's

SECTION 2 SOCCER FIELD

SECTION 3 COMBI COURT

SECTION 4 ATHLETIC TRACK

SECTION 5 CHANGE ROOM AND ABLUTION BLOCK

SECTION 6 EXTERNAL WORKS

ADD: 15% Contingencies

ADD: 14% VAT

Brought Forward

SUMMARY PAGE

SUB-TOTAL A

SUB-TOTAL B

TOTAL (INCL VAT)

BID No: NDWB 04/17/18: CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORT FIELD IN WARD 10

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS

Page SW 1




PART C3: SCOPE OF WORK

INDEX

SCOPE OF WORKS SW 3

C3.1 Standardised Specifications SW 3

C3.2 Project Specifications SW 4

STATUS SW 5

PROJECT SPECIFICATION PORTION 1: GENERAL SW 6

PS-1 Project Description SW 6

PS-2 Extent of the Works SW 6

PS-3 Description of the Site and Access SW 7

PS-4 Nature of Ground and Subsoil Conditions SW 7

PS-5 Engineering Design and Activity Matrix SW 7

PS-6 Construction and Management Requirements SW 8

PS-7 Construction Programme SW 10

PS-8 Site Facilities Available SW 11

PS-9 Site Facilities Required SW 12

PS-10 Existing Services SW 14

PS-11 Requirements for Accommodation of Traffic SW 16

PS-12 Occupational Health and Safety SW 17

PS-13 Adverse Weather Conditions SW 19

PS-14 Site Meetings & Reporting SW 20

PS-15 Preferential Procurement SW 20

PROJECT SPECIFICATION PORTION 2 SW 21

PSA General SW 22

PSD Earthworks SW 24

PSDB Earthworks (Pipe Trenches) SW 26



Page SW 2

PSG/PSGA Concrete (Small Works) SW 27

PSLB Bedding (Pipes) SW 28

PSLE Storm-water Drainage SW 29

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS SW 31

PA Brickwork and Plaster SW 31

PB Carpentry, Joinery and Ironmongery SW 35

PC Painting SW 37

PE The Client’s Pre-Construction and Health Plan SW 38

PES Environmental Specification SW 82



Page SW 3

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORKS

C3.1 STANDARDISED SPECIFICATIONS

The standard specifications on which this contract is based are Standards South Africa's Standardized Specifications for Civil Engineering Construction SABS 1200.

Although not bound in nor issued with this Document, the following Sections of the Standardized Specifications of SABS 1200 shall form part of this Contract:

AA 1986 : GENERAL

AB 1986 : ENGINEER’S OFFICE

C 1980 : SITE CLEARANCE (As amended 1982)

DA 1988 : EARTHWORKS (Small Works)

DB 1989 : EARTHWORKS (Pipe trenches)

DK 1984 : GABIONS AND PITCHING

DM 1981 EARTHWORKS (Roads and Subgrade)

GA 1982 : CONCRETE (Small Works)

HA 1990 : STRUCTURAL STEELWORKS

HC 1988 : CORROSION PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURAL STEELWORKS

LE 1982 : STORMWATER DRAINAGE

M 1996 : ROADS (General)

The following SANS specifications are also referred to in this document and the Contractor/Engineer is advised to obtain them from Standards South Africa (a division of SABS) in Pretoria.

SANS 1921 (2004): Construction and Management Requirements for Works Contracts

• Part 1: General Engineering and Construction Works; and

• Part 2: Accommodation of Traffic on Public Roads Occupied by the Contractor/Engineer.



Page SW 4

C3.2 PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

The project specification is covered in the following sections:

ITEM DESCRIPTION

STATUS

PROJECT SPECIFICATION PORTION 1: GENERAL

PS-1 Project Description

PS-2 Extent of the Works

PS-3 Description of the Site and Access

PS-4 Nature of Ground and Subsoil Conditions

PS-5 Construction and Management Requirements

PS-6 Construction Programme

PS-7 Site Facilities Available

PS-8 Site Facilities Required

PS-9 Existing Services

PS-10 Requirements for Accommodation of Traffic

PS-11 Occupational Health and Safety

PS-12 Adverse Weather Conditions

PS-13 Site Meetings & Reporting

PS-14 Preferential Procurement

PROJECT SPECIFICATION PORTION 2

PSA General

PSD Earthworks

PSDB Earthworks (Pipe Trenches)

PSG/PSGA Concrete (Small Works)

PSLB Bedding (Pipes)

PSLE Stormwater Drainage PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

PA Brickwork and Plaster

PB Carpentry, Joinery and Ironmongery

PC Painting

PE The Client’s Pre-Construction and Health Plan

PES Environmental Specification



Page SW 5

STATUS

The Project Specification, consisting of two parts, forms an integral part of the contract and supplements the Standard Specifications.

Part A contains a general description of the works, the site and the requirements to be met. Part B contains variations, amendments and additions to the Standardized Specifications and, if applicable, the Particular Specifications. In the event of any discrepancy between a part or parts of the Standardized or Particular Specifications and the Project Specification, the Project Specification shall take precedence. In the event of a discrepancy between the Specifications, (including the Project Specifications) and the drawings and / or the Bill of Quantities, the discrepancy shall be resolved by the Engineer before the execution of the work under the relevant item.



Page SW 6

PROJECT SPECIFICATION: PORTION 1

SABS 1200 PS: GENERAL

PS-1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION PS-1.1 Employer’s Objective

The Ulundi Municipality is responsible for the provision of social and sports facilities within its area of jurisdiction. This bid is for the construction of sporting facilities within SONKOMBO area. SONKOMBO is a rural area and have informal sporting facilities. An informal sports field exists, which has only a soccer field. The Municipality is intending to provide a formal sporting facilities within the area, to encourage other sporting fraternities, including athletics, netball, basket ball and tennis.

The proposed project will serve the entire SONKOMBO area.

PS-1.2 Overview of the Works

Under this Contract, Ndwedwe Municipality intends to construct the following infrastructure: i

• Construction of a soccer field, with spectator seating

• Construction of an athletic track

• Refurbishment of existing combo-court

• Construction of change rooms and ablution blocks

• Construction of a new combo court

• Construction of 200m x 5m wide access gravel road

• Refurbing or construction of a new borehole and construction of water reticulation infrastructure that includes the following:

• Construction of 10kl elevated steel water tank

• Construction of 1,8m high x 765m long concrete or clear view perimeter fencing

• Construction of a septic tank, and

• Construction of block paved parking Area The Ndwedwe Municipality is seeking a suitable contractor to implement the above project. The appointed contractor is expected to cede 20% of the works for local Ndwedwe emerging contractors. The work identified for local sub-contractors includes rehabilitation of existing combo court, construction of perimeter fencing and painting work, and is included in the form of provisional sums in the bill of quantities. In addition, the appointed contractor is expected to utilise local labour as much as possible for all works that can be implemented without machinery, in compliance with the EPWP requirements. The works to be implemented by local labour is to be agreed with the Engineer.

PS-2 EXTENT OF THE WORKS

Under this contract, the successful Contractor/Engineer will be required to construct above mentioned infrastructure, and the following activities are to be done:

• Site clearing.

• Bulk excavations

• Provision of bedding

• Brick work

• Plumbing and electrical works

• Road-layer works

• Backfill using appropriate material and compact

• Water-tightness testing of pipeline and chambers

• Rehabilitation of areas affected by construction activities.



Page SW 7

PS-3 DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE AND ACCESS PS-3.1 Access

Traveling from Durban towards Umhlanga, taking the N2 North towards Richards-bay. Off-ramp to M41 driving towards Verulem. Continue on M41/R12 for 12km, until you reach Off Ramp at Old Main Road, where off-ramp to your left. You will drive for about 60km to Sonkombo on Vincent Dickenson Road. Limitations There are no limitations.

PS-4 NATURE OF GROUND AND SUBSOIL INVESTIGATIONS

Subsoil investigations have not been undertaken on the site. PS-5 ENGINEERING AND DESIGN PS-5.1 Design Services and Activity Matrix

The following matrix of responsibilities for design of permanent and temporary works will apply:

Activity Work designed by, per design stage

Responsible Party

Concept, feasibility and overall process

Engineer

Basic engineering and detail layouts to tender stage

Engineer

Final design approved for construction stage Engineer

Temporary works Contractor

Permanent Works Contractor

Preparation of as built drawings Engineer

PS-5.2 Employer’s Design

All design work is to be done by the Contractor/Engineer/Engineer. PS-5.3 Design Brief

The Contractor/Engineer/engineer will be responsible for design of the following (which are all subject to approval by the Engineer):

• Site layouts for the Contractor/Engineer’s camp and office accommodation

• Site layouts for the Engineer Representative’s temporary office accommodation

• Construction Methodology

• Formwork

• Scaffolding and all staging work

• All other temporary works

• Concrete Mix designs, and

• All the proposed work.

The costs of the designs will be deemed to have been included in the scheduled items in the Schedule of Quantities. No other additional payments will be certified to cover these activities.

PS-5.4 Drawings



Page SW 8

The following drawings will be required to be prepared by the Contractor/Engineer as a minimum:

• Site layouts for the Contractor/Engineer’s camp and office accommodation

• Site layouts for the Engineer Representative’s temporary office accommodation

• Scaffolding and all staging work

• Proposed infrastructure


The tender drawings are applicable to the Contractor/Engineer are detailed in Part C5 of these documents. These drawings have been used for setting up the Bills of Quantities.

PS-5.5 Design Procedures

The Contractor/Engineer will be required to furnish the following designs for approval by the Client at the indicated times:

Site layouts of the Contractor/Engineer’s camp and office accommodation – within 7 days from commencement date of the contract and in any case prior to the erection of the Contractor/Engineer’s camp and offices Layouts for the Client’s representative office – within 7 days from commencement date of the contract and in any case prior to the erection of the Client’s Representative’s temporary office premises. Formwork design – within 7 days of commencement of work and in any case prior to the construction of permanent reinforced concrete works. Scaffolding and all staging work – within 7 days of commencement of work and in any case prior to the construction of permanent reinforced concrete works. Concrete Mix Designs for the all classes of concrete as measured in the Schedule of Quantities prior to the placement of any concrete work


PS-5.6 Interface with other Contractor/Engineers

The Contractor/Engineer may be required to provide access to other contractors undertaking work that maybe ordered by the Client. The costs of this interface will be deemed to have been allowed for in the appropriate items in the Schedule of Quantities. No other additional payments will be certified to cover these activities.

PS-6 CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS PS-6.1 General

The Contractor/Engineer is referred to SANS 1921: 2004: Construction and Management Requirements for Works Contracts, Part 1: General Engineering and Construction Works, and Part 2: Accommodation of Traffic on Public Roads. These specifications shall be applicable to the contract under consideration and the Contractor shall comply with all requirements relevant to the project. Certain aspects however require further attention as described hereafter.

PS-6.2 Quality Assurance (QA) (Read with SANS 1921 – 1: 2004 clause 4.4)



Page SW 9

The Contractor/Engineer will be solely responsible for the production of work that complies with the Specifications to the satisfaction of the Client. To this end it will be the full responsibility of the Contractor to institute an appropriate Quality Assurance (QA) system on site. The Engineer will audit the Contractor's quality assurance (QA) system on a regular basis to verify that adequate independent checks and tests are being carried out and to ensure that the Contractor's own control is sufficient to identify any possible quality problems which could cause a delay or failure. The Contractor shall ensure that efficient supervisory staff, the required transport, instruments, equipment and tools are available to control the quality of his own workmanship in accordance with his QA-system. His attention is drawn to the fact that it is not the duty of the Client or the Client’s representative to act as foreman or surveyor.

PS-6.3 Management and disposal of water (Read with SANS 1921-1: 2004 clause 4.6)

The Contractor shall pay special attention to the management and disposal of water and stormwater on the site. It is essential that all completed works or parts thereof are kept dry and properly drained. Claims for delay and for repair of damage caused to the works as a result of the Contractor’s failure to properly manage rain and surface water, will not be considered.

PS-6.4 Disposal of spoil or surplus material (Read with SANS 192-1: 2004 clause 4.10)

The Contractor shall dispose all surplus and unsuitable material in legal spoil areas of his own choice. He shall be responsible for all arrangements necessary to obtain such spoil sites.

PS-6.5 Testing (Read with SANS 1921 – 1 : 2004 clause 4.11) PS-6.5.1 Process control

The Contractor/Engineer shall arrange for all tests required for process control to be done by a laboratory acceptable to and approved by the Client. The Contractor/Engineer may establish his own laboratory on site or he may employ the services of an independent commercial laboratory. Whatever method is used, the Contractor must submit the results of tests carried out on materials and workmanship when submitting work for acceptance by the Client. The costs for these tests shall be deemed to be included in the relevant rates and no additional payment will be made for testing as required.

PS-6.5.2 Acceptance control

The process control test results submitted by the Contractor/Engineer for approval of materials and workmanship may be used by the Client’s for acceptance control. However, before accepting any work, the Contractor/Engineer may have further control tests carried out by a laboratory of his choice. The cost of such additional tests will be covered by a provisional sum provided in the schedule of quantities, but tests that failed to confirm compliance with the specifications, will be for the account of the Contractor/Engineer.

PS-6.6 Survey beacons (Read with SANS 1921 - 1 : 2004 clause 4.15)

The Contractor/Engineer shall take special precautions to protect all permanent survey beacons or pegs such as bench-marks, stand boundary pegs and trigonometrical beacons, regardless whether such beacons or pegs were placed before or during the execution of the Contract. If any such beacons or pegs have been disturbed by the Contractor/Engineer or his employees, the Contractor/Engineer shall have them replaced by a registered land surveyor at his own cost.

PS-6.7 Existing Services (Read with SANS 1921 - 1 : 2004 clause 4.17)

The Contractor/Engineer shall make himself acquainted with the position of all existing services before any excavation or other work likely to affect the existing services is commenced.



Page SW 10

The Contractor/Engineer will be held responsible for any damage to known existing services caused by or arising out of his operations and any damage shall be made good at his own expense. Damage to unknown services shall be repaired as soon as possible and liability shall be determined on site when such damage should occur.

PS-6.8 Management of the environment (Read with SANS 1921 - 1 : 2004 clause 4.19)

The Contractor/Engineer shall pay special attention to the following: (a) Natural Vegetation

The Contractor/Engineer shall confine his operation to as small an area of the site as may be practical for the purpose of constructing the works. Only those trees and shrubs directly affected by the works and such others as the Engineer may direct in writing shall be cut down and stumped. The natural vegetation, grassing and other plants shall not be disturbed other than in areas where it is essential for the execution of the work or where directed by the Engineer. (b) Fires

The Contractor/Engineer shall comply with the statutory and local fire regulations. He shall also take all necessary precautions to prevent any fires. In the event of fire the Contractor/Engineer shall take active steps to limit and extinguish the fire and shall accept full responsibility for damages and claims resulting from such fires which may have been caused by him or his employees.

PS-6.9 Overhaul

No payment will be made for overhaul on this contract unless provision is made thereof in specific items.

PS-6.10 Excavations

Due to the depths of sewer lines and their location nets to a water course, the Contractor/Engineer is to allow in their tendered rates for excavation, for shoring and protection of trenches. No additional payment will be made for protection of excavations for whatever reason.

PS-6.10 Security

The Contractor/Engineer shall provide security watchmen for the contract as he deems fit at no extra cost for the Employer. The Contractor/Engineer must ensure that all his employees as well as the employees of his subContractor/Engineers are able to identify themselves as members of the construction team.

PS-7 CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME PS-7.1 Preliminary programme

The Contractor/Engineer shall include with his tender a preliminary programme on the prescribed form to be completed by all Tenderers. The programme shall be in the form of a simplified bar chart with sufficient details to show clearly how the works will be performed within the time for completion as stated in the Contract Data. The Contractor/Engineer shall be deemed to have allowed fully in his tendered rates and prices as well as in his programme for all possible delays due to normal adverse weather conditions and special non-working days as specified in the Special Conditions of Contract, in the Project Specifications and in the Contract Data.



Page SW 11

In determining his construction programme, the Contractor/Engineer should allow for disruptions/stoppages/requirements and intermittent “hold” of work while awaiting Client’s inspections at the following critical stages:

Stage Delay

1. Excavation works for pipelines and prior to preparation of bedding

1 day

2. Following preparation of bedding and laying of pipes and prior to backfilling

1 day

3. Prior to commencement of pressure testing of pipelines 1 day

No additional payments, other than through scheduled items, will be made for these stoppages/disruptions/constraints. In addition, the Contractor/Engineer is required to establish the Client’s facilities within 14 days of commencement. Should the Contractor/Engineer fail to provide approved establishment within the stipulated 14 days, the Contractor/Engineer will pay a penalty calculated as follows:

• Mileage of the Engineer’s Representative from other offices from the nearest business centre to site and back to office at R3.00/km

• Rented Office space equivalent to that stipulated in this contract at offices in Port Shepstone or other place closer to the site

The Employer intends to award this contract for commencement of construction in March 2016.

PS-7.2 Programme in terms of Clause 12 of the General Conditions of Contract

It is essential that the construction programme, which shall conform in all respects to Clause 5.6 of the FIDIC, be furnished within the time stated in the Contract Data. The preliminary programme to be submitted with the tender shall be used as basis for this programme.

PS-8 SITE FACILITIES AVAILABLE PS-8.1 Contractor/Engineer's camp site and depot (Read with SANS 1921 - 1 : 2004 clause 4.14)

The Contractor/Engineer will be permitted to locate his offices, storage facilities, workshops, latrines, etc, on a site approved by the Client, in liaison with the community.

Temporary buildings and fencing are to be neat and presentable and the surrounding areas must at all times be kept in a neat, clean and orderly condition. The Contractor/Engineer must not cut down or damage any trees nor make any excavation without the written permission of the Client and will be required to restore the site to its original condition on completion of the Works.

All buildings and latrines shall be in accordance with the Local Authority and State Heath regulations and shall be kept in a clean, sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the Client.

PS-8.2 Accommodation of Employees

No employees except for security guards will be allowed to sleep or be accommodated on the site in urban areas. No housing is available for the Contractor/Engineer's employees and the Contractor/Engineer shall make his own arrangements to house his employees and to transport them to site.



Page SW 12

No informal housing or squatting will be allowed. The Contractor/Engineer shall provide the necessary ablution facilities at his camp site and the site of the works for the use of his employees. Chemical toilets only will be allowed where temporary facilities have to be provided.

PS 8.3 Source of Water Supply

The Contractor/Engineer shall make his own arrangements for the supply of water for construction purposes. The source of water shall be subject to the approval of the Client.

Should the Contractor/Engineer,s source of water be Ndwedwe Municipality, the Contractor/Engineer will be required to ensure that the water account with the Municipality is in good standing prior to the issue of completion certificate. The Client may withhold any payments until arrears are cleared with Municipality.

PS 8.4 Source of Power Supply

The power supply authority is Eskom. The Contractor/Engineer will be required to make his own arrangements with, and pay all the requisite connection and consumption charges to Eskom for whatever temporary power supplies he may require for his use on the site and his tender will be held to include for all such costs and charges.

PS-9 SITE FACILITIES REQUIRED PS-9.1 Facilities Required for the Engineer

PS 9.1.1 Temporary/Permanent Offices

The Contractor/Engineer is to provide a temporary office for use by the Client. The offices should be able to accommodate one full time Client’s Representative and two assistants.

The Engineer’s offices are to be equipped with the following as a minimum:

• Three desks each with lockable drawers

• Three high back swivel chairs

• Three visitors chairs

• A facility to store/hang drawings

• An electric refrigerator of at least 200 litres capacity

The Contractor/Engineer should also make arrangements for covered facilities to enable the accommodation of approximately 12– 16 people during progress site meetings, to be held fortnightly or monthly.

The facilities are to be provided, to the satisfaction of the Client, within 14 days of commencement date. The Client may withhold certification of the first progress payment until these facilities are provided.

PS 9.1.2 Laboratory Facilities

The Contractor/Engineer will not be required to provide a testing laboratory on site for use by the Client. However, the contractor will be required to undertake the following, through the contract

• Arrange and coordinate the services of a nominated laboratory to undertake radio-graphic examination of welded joints. Provisional Sums are allowed for in the Schedule of Quantities for this work,

PS 9.1.3 Sanitary Facilities



Page SW 13

All latrines shall conform to the requirements of the Local Authority and shall be subject to approval by the Client. All sanitary fees and charges due under the Local Authority or State Health Regulations or bylaws shall be paid by the Contractor/Engineer. Throughout the progress of the contract, all latrines shall be maintained by the Contractor/Engineer in a clean, sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the Client



Page SW 14

PS 9.1.4 Telephone Facilities

The Contractor/Engineer will not be required to provide a telephone for use by the Engineer. The Contractor/Engineer will however be required to cover cellphone costs for the engineer’s site staff for airtime valued at R250/week. Appropriate items have been provided in the Schedule of Quantities to cover these costs.

PS 9.1.5 Housing Facilities

The Contractor will not be required to provide housing facilities for the Client's staff. However, a provisional sum has been provided in the schedule of quantities for payment through the contract for accommodation for the Client’s staff.

PS 9.1.6 Parking Facilities

The Contractor/Engineer will be required to provide two uncovered parking bays for the Client.

PS 9.1.7 Engineer's Transport

The Contractor/Engineer will not be required to provide transport for the Client’s staff.

PS 9.1.8 Security

The Contractor/Engineer will be responsible for providing adequate security for the Works and for the site establishment. All costs associated with the provision of security staff shall be borne by the Contractor/Engineer and should allowed for in the rates tendered for items in the Schedule of Quantities. No additional payments will be made for security measures taken during the contract period, other through the schedule items in the Schedule of Quantities.

PS 9.1.9 Contract staff to assist the Engineer

The following staff will be recruited by the Contractor/Engineer to assist the Client in carrying out his services:

Description of Staff/Services N⁰ Required Remarks

Environmental Monitoring One Provisional sum provided for appointment as directed by the Client. Personnel/Service Providers will be directed by and report to the Client

Occupational Health & Safety Monitoring

N/A

Technical Assistant One

Community Liaison Officer One

The required personnel/service providers will be identified by the Client and report to the Client. Provisional Sums and the relevant mark-up Items are provided for in the Schedule of Quantities to cover these costs.

PS 9.1.10 Survey Equipment

The Contractor/Engineer shall provide the following survey equipment, in good condition, for use by the Client throughout the duration of the contract:

• A dumpy level

• Measuring tape

• An assistant, when required, to assist the Client to operate survey equipment, when provided



Page SW 15

PS 10. EXISTING SERVICES

PS 10.1 Care, Damage and Protection

Known services will be indicated in the tender and contract documents. The Contractor/Engineer will be responsible for identifying all services with the relevant Service Providers.

The Contractor/Engineer shall familiarize himself with all services and expose them at the start of the Contract to verify their position and establish their depths.

No additional payment will be made to the Contractor/Engineer for identifying and locating services. Therefore the Contractor/Engineer will have to include the costs thereof in the scheduled items in the Schedule of Quantities.

Any information regarding existing services is given in good faith and without guarantee.

PS 10.2 Blasting

No blasting will be permitted unless the Contractor/Engineer can satisfy the Client that his proposed blasting methods and controls are such that no damage will be caused to the adjoining building structures, pipelines or services. In any event the Client will require the Contractor/Engineer to plan and execute each blast in such a manner as to ensure that no damage will be caused to any structure, pipeline or service. In addition, the Client will require vibro-recordings to be taken at no additional cost to the Employer. No blasting is to be carried out in Eskom servitudes or way-leaves unless the Eskom authorities have been advised in writing three weeks prior to blasting. Where blasting is done adjacent to Eskom power lines, the Contractor/Engineer shall arrange for a representative of Eskom to be present prior to and during any blast.

PS 10.3 Environmental Aspects

The Contractor/Engineer will be required to plan and undertake his work in a manner that minimises its impact on the natural environment. Trees and other vegetation shall, wherever possible, be left undisturbed. Trees that are marked by the Client shall not be damaged and in the event of the Contractor/Engineer doing so, a penalty will be deducted from monies due to the Contractor/Engineer.

Every effort shall be made by the Contractor/Engineer to prevent pollution of the adjacent areas and river and to reduce the noise, dust and fumes emanating from his construction activities.

PS 10.4 Dealing with Water

Where necessary, the Contractor/Engineer shall construct temporary drainage channels to divert ground water from his excavation and excess water must be pumped out. No compensation for any variation of the actual conditions during construction from the data given will be considered. Neither will additional compensation be considered for data omitted or inaccurately given. The rates tendered shall allow for the requirements of this clause and all incidentals.

PS 10.5 Servitudes and Rights of Way

The Employer will, where necessary, obtain permanent servitudes and rights of way along the road routes indicated on the tender drawings. New servitudes will only be registered after completion of the Works.



Page SW 16

PS 10.6 Dealing with Damaged Services

In the event of any service being damaged or accidentally disconnected for any reason, the Contractor/Engineer shall immediately contact the relevant authority for instruction and shall report the occurrence of the incident. The damage is to be repaired as soon as possible to the approval of the Client and the authority. The Contractor/Engineer will be held responsible for paying all costs incurred by the authority or himself as a result of each such incident, where relevant.

PS 10.7 Accommodation of Traffic

The Contractor/Engineer shall ensure the safe and expeditious passage of traffic at all times and shall provide all necessary temporary road traffic signs, barricades, flagmen, etc to safeguard the travelling public. Any detours or bypasses constructed by the Contractor/Engineer shall be adequately signposted, as per the South African Road Traffic Signs Manual, and maintained in such a manner as to provide safe and easy passage of traffic.

PS 10.8 Spoil Material

No indiscriminate spoiling of material will be allowed. All surplus or unsuitable material shall be spoiled, levelled and spread in designated areas as directed by the Client. All haul will be regarded as freehaul.

PS 10.9 Finishing and Tidying and Defects Liability Period

On no account must rubble and spoil materials, other materials, equipment or unfinished operations be allowed to accumulate in such a manner as to unnecessarily impede the activities of other Contractor/Engineers or Authorities. Finishing and tidying must not simply be left until the end of the construction period. The Contractor/Engineer will be entitled, subject to prior agreement with the Client and within reasonable limits, to request that work in a particular area and/or work of a particular discipline, be inspected for partial completion. The specified defects liability period in respect of any specific section of the Works shall commence on the date on which the relevant section is accepted by the Client as being completed, i.e. fully commissioned, including finishing and tidying. On completion of the Contract the Contractor/Engineer shall ensure that all materials used in the construction of the temporary Site office, workshop and storage yard are removed from Site. Waste materials such as construction debris and soil contaminated with oil and fuel are to be disposed of at the solid waste disposal site used approved by the Client. Prior to the handover of the Site to the Employer, the Contractor/Engineer and the Engineer will conduct a post construction audit to determine if any additional measures that are to be taken. The Completion Certificate will only be issued after this stage.

PS 10.10 Employee Accommodation

(See Subclause 3.2.1 of Section A of Part 2 and Subclause 1.2.1 of Section A of Part 3 of SABS 0120) The Contractor/Engineer shall conform in all respects with the provisions of any Act, Regulations or By-Law of the Municipality, which may be applicable to employee accommodation. Save for a security guard on active duty, no employees may be housed on Site or the Contractor/Engineer’s campsite after normal working hours.

PS 10.11 Employment of Local Labour

The Employer has determined that 100% of the Contractor/Engineer’s unskilled labour force shall be made up from the local community. A labour sub-committee (of a Project Steering Committee) comprising representatives of the community and other stakeholders will be responsible for the recruitment of all local labour. The Contractor/Engineer will be required to provide details of the numbers of semi-skilled and unskilled workers he will require, together with their anticipated starting dates. The PSC through its labour sub-committee will then make this labour available to the Contractor/Engineer.



Page SW 17

A minimum of 50% of the local labour shall comprise of women and, where appropriate, disabled labour shall be employed. It is a requirement that tenderers acquaint themselves fully with requirements for registration with Unemployment Insurance Fund.

The Employer requires that the successful Contractor/Engineer registers all labour with the Unemployment Insurance Fund. The local labour rate has been determined at R150 per day per labourer. The task for excavation by hand has been agreed at 2,4 m³/day (e.g. 0,76 m x 1,0 m x 3,15 m). No electronic transfers will be allowed for the payment of labour.

During project execution, the successful Contractor/Engineer will be required to provide progress reports indicating to what level these requirements have been met.

PS 10.12 Frequency of Labour Wages Payments

The Contractor/Engineer will be required to pay labour on a fortnightly basis PS 10.13 Training and Capacity Building

During project execution, it is the desire of the Employer that an identified number of community members receive appropriate level of non accredited training in either pipelaying activities or construction management activities. Within 14 days of appointment, the successful Contractor/Engineer will be required to provide, together with his method statement, a proposal for consideration by the Project Steering Committee for activities in which the community members can receive training. This proposal will be considered by the Project Steering Committee after which the Contractor/Engineer will be given an instruction on the training to provide. Training will be provided to local labour that is already in the employ of the Contractor/Engineers as per clause PS 10.11. It must be noted that the Contractor/Engineer will be required to pay the labour based on their daily rates indicated in PS 10.11.

A minimum of 200 person-days should be provided as non-accredited training. The Contractor/Engineer will be required to provide a training diary and report indicating the following to be updated monthly:

• Details of persons receiving training

• What areas there have been trained in

• Performance of the trainees

• Further training still to be done

Should the Contractor/Engineer fail to provide this training, the Employer reserves the right to seek training from alternative sources. In that case, the cost of the training sought will be deductible from any monies due to the Contractor/Engineer.



Page SW 18

PS-11 REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC PS-11.1 General

The Contractor/Engineer will be responsible for the safe and easy passage of public traffic past and on sections of roads of which he has occupation or where work has to be done near traffic.

Accommodation of traffic, where applicable shall comply with SANS 1921-2: 2004: Construction and Management Requirements for Works Contracts, Part 2: Accommodation of Traffic on Public Roads occupied by the Contractor/Engineer. The Contractor/Engineer shall obtain this specification from Standards South Africa if accommodation of traffic will be involved on any part of the construction works.

PS-11.2 Basic Requirements

The travelling public shall have the right of way on public roads, and the Contractor/Engineer shall make use of approved methods to control the movement of his equipment and vehicles so as not to constitute a hazard on the road.

The Contractor/Engineer shall ensure that all road signs, barricades, delineators, flagmen and speed controls are effective and that courtesy is extended to the public at all times.

Failure to maintain road signs, warning signs or flicker lights, etc, in a good condition shall constitute ample reason for the Employer to suspend the work until the road signs, etc, have been repaired to his satisfaction.

The Contractor/Engineer may not commence constructional activities affecting existing roads before adequate provision has been made to accommodate traffic in accordance with the requirements of this document and the South African Road Traffic Signs Manual. The Contractor/Engineer shall construct and maintain all temporary drainage works necessary for temporary deviations. The Contractor/Engineer shall provide and grant access to persons whose properties fall within or adjoin the area in which he is working.

PS-11.3 Traffic Safety Officer

Where warranted by traffic conditions on or near the site, the Contractor/Engineer shall nominate a suitable member of his staff as traffic safety officer to be responsible for the arrangement and maintenance of all the measures for the accommodation of traffic for the duration of the project. Duties of the traffic safety officer shall be as set out in SANS 1921 Part 2 and shall also be in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993 and the Construction Regulations 2003.

PS-11.4 Payment

The Contractor/Engineer’s tendered rates for the relevant items in the Bill of Quantities shall include full compensation for all possible additional costs which may arise from this, and no claims for extra payment due to inconvenience as a result of the modus operandi will be considered. Items that may be considered for payment are specified in SABS 1200 Standardized Specifications and the related project specification.

PS-12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY (Read with SANS 1921 - 1: 2004 clause 4.14) PS-12.1 General statement



Page SW 19

It is a requirement of this contract that the Contractor/Engineer shall provide a safe and healthy working environment and to direct all his activities in such a manner that his employees and any other persons, who may be directly affected by his activities, are not exposed to hazards to their health and safety. To this end the Contractor/Engineer shall assume full responsibility to conform to all the provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 and Amendment Act No 181 of 1993, and the OHSA 1993 Construction Regulations 2003 issued on 18 July 2003 by the Department of Labour.

For the purpose of this contract the Contractor/Engineer is required to confirm his status as mandatary and employer in his own right for the execution of the contract by entering into an agreement with the Employer in terms of the Occupational Health and Safety Act by executing the Agreement form C1.2.4 included in Section C1: Agreements and Contract Data.

PS-12.2 Health and Safety Specifications and Plans to be submitted at tender stage

(a) Employer's Health and Safety Specification

The Employer's Health and Safety Specification will be included in the tender documents as part of the Project Specifications. (b) Tenderer's Health and Safety Plan

The successful Tenderer shall, on receipt of notification that he has been awarded the contract, submit without delay his own documented Health and Safety Plan for the execution of the work under the contract. His Health and Safety Plan must at least cover the following: (i) a proper risk assessment of the works, risk items, work methods and procedures in terms of

Regulations 7 to 28; (ii) pro-active identification of potential hazards and unsafe working conditions; (iii) provision of a safe working environment and equipment; (iv) statements of methods to ensure the health and safety of sub Contractor/Engineers, employees

and visitors to the site, including safety training in hazards and risk areas (Regulation 5); (v) monitoring health and safety on the site of works on a regular basis, and keeping of records and

registers as provided for in the Construction Regulations; (vi) details of the Construction Supervisor, the Construction Safety Officers and other competent

persons he intends to appoint for the construction works in terms of Regulation 6 and other applicable regulations; and

(vii) details of methods to ensure that his Health and Safety Plan is carried out effectively in accordance with the Construction Regulations 2003.

The Contractor/Engineer's Health and Safety Plan will be subject to approval by the Employer, or amendment if necessary, before commencement of construction work. The Contractor/Engineer will not be allowed to commence work, or his work will be suspended if he had already commenced work, before he has obtained the Employer's written approval of his Health and Safety Plan. Time lost due to delayed commencement or suspension of the work as a result of the Contractor/Engineer's failure to obtain approval for his safety plan, shall not be used as a reason to claim for extension of time or standing time and related costs



Page SW 20

PS-12.3 Cost of compliance with the OHSA Construction Regulations

The rates and prices tendered by the Contractor/Engineer shall be deemed to include all costs for conforming to the requirements of the Act, the Construction Regulations and the Employer's Health and Safety Specification as applicable to this contract. Should the Contractor/Engineer fail to comply with the provisions of the Construction Regulations, he will be liable for penalties as provided in the Construction Regulations and in the Employer's Health and Safety Specification.

Items that may qualify for remuneration will be specified in the Safety Specifications included or in the Project specifications.

PS-13 ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS

In terms of Clause 5.12 of the General Conditions of Contract, extension of time will be considered for abnormal rainfall. The numbers of days per month on which work is expected not to be possible as a result of normal rainfall, and for which the Contractor/Engineer shall make provision in his tendered rates, prices and programme, are listed in Table PS-12.1 hereafter. Only the number of days lost as a result of adverse weather conditions, exceeding the number of days listed in Table PS-12.1, will qualify for consideration of extension of time. During the execution of the Works, the Employer's Representative will certify a day lost due to abnormal rainfall and adverse weather conditions only:

• if no work was possible on the relevant working day on any item which is on the critical path according to the latest approved construction programme; or

• if less than 30% of the work force and plant on site could work during that specific working day.

Extension of time as a result of abnormal rainfall and adverse weather conditions shall be calculated monthly being equal to the number of working days certified by the Emplyers's Representative as lost due to rainfall and adverse weather conditions, less the number of days allowed for as in Table PS-13, which could result in a negative figure for certain months. The total extension of time as a result of abnormal climatic conditions for which the Contractor/Engineer may apply, shall be the cumulative algebraic sum of the monthly extensions. Should the sum thus obtained be negative, the extension of time shall be taken as nil."



Page SW 21

Table PS-13: Expected N⁰ of Working Days Lost Monthly Due to Normal Rainfall

MONTH Expected number of working days lost as result of normal

rainfall

JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER

*5 5 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5

TOTAL

33 days

(Based on information obtained from the Weather Bureau, Department of Environment Affairs, Richards Bay.

The average monthly rainfall figures quoted, are included for information only, and shall not be taken into

consideration for calculation of extension of time. The number of working days lost for December and

January allows for the builders' holidays from 21 December 2016 to 08 January 2017.)

PS-14 SITE MEETINGS AND REPORTING

The Contractor/Engineer will be required to attend site meetings organised by the Employer. In these meetings he (the Contractor/Engineer) will be required to provide progress reports and other reports to monitor the outputs of the Contractor/Engineer, as may be required from time to time, to be presented in a format prescribed by the Employer. The frequency of such meetings will be monthly, as a minimum. However the frequency can be reviewed, depending on the progress of the contract.

PS-15 PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT

For the purpose of this contract the Contractor/Engineer shall comply with the preferential procurement statement provided in F.3.11 and T2.2 of the Tender Data.



Page SW 22


AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

INTRODUCTION

In certain clauses the standard, standardized and particular specifications allow a choice to be specified in the project specifications between alternative materials or methods of construction and for additional requirements to be specified to suit a particular contract. Details of such alternative or additional requirements applicable to this contract are contained in this part of the project specifications. It also contains additional specifications required for this particular contract.

The number of each clause and each payment item in this part of the project specifications consists of the prefix PS followed by a number corresponding to the number of the relevant clause or payment item in the standard specifications. The number of a new clause or payment item, which does not form part of a clause or a payment item in the standard specifications and which is included here, is also prefixed by PS, but followed by a new number which follows on the last clause or item number used in the relevant section of the standard specifications.



Page SW 23


SABS 1200 PSA: GENERAL

PSA-3 MATERIALS

PSA-3.1 Quality

Where there is a standardization mark programme for any material, all such material supplied shall bear the official standardization mark.

Alternative materials or equipment proposed by the Contractor/Engineer shall be tested. The test, as well as the materials or equipment, shall be approved by the Employer prior to any such materials or equipment being built into the works and all costs involved in testing shall be deemed to be included in the rates tendered.

PSA-3.3 Applicable Standards for Cement (Additional Subclause)

The standard cement specifications SABS 471, SABS 626, SABS 831 and SABS 1466, referred to in clause 3.3, have been withdrawn and are replaced by the new SANS 50197-1 and -2: Common cements, and SANS 50413-1 and -2: Masonry cement. These specifications will be applicable to this contract, and the descriptions and types of cements specified, will be based on the designations as defined in these specifications.

PSA-4. PLANT PSA-4.2 Contractor/Engineer's Office, Stores and Services

The Contractor/Engineer's camp shall be kept neat and clean at all times and all surplus or rejected material shall be removed from the site.

PSA-5 CONSTRUCTION PSA 5.1 Survey PS A 5.1.1 Setting Out Of The Works

Substitute the first sentence in A 5.1.1 with the following:

“Setting out of the works is the sole responsibility of the Contractor/Engineer and shall be done from survey beacons identified by the Contractor/Engineer. The Contractor/Engineer shall, within two (2) weeks after the site has been handed over to him, confirm himself that the survey beacons are correct. Any discrepancy shall immediately be reported in writing to the Employer. Any costs or subsequent costs arising from discrepancies, which had not been reported to the Employer within the aforementioned period, shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor/Engineer. A grid of final terrace levels over the site of the works will be issued to the Contractor/Engineer at the commencement of the contract and it is the Contractor/Engineers responsibility to preserve all setting out pegs based on this information as given for the duration of the contract.”

PS A 5.4 Protection Of Overhead And Underground Services

Add the following paragraph: ”The Contractor/Engineer shall as soon as possible after handing over of the site, commence with the detection to existing services, continue with it without interruption, and finalise it at least 7 days before excavation starts at that particular section.”



Page SW 24

PSA-5.8 Ground and access to works

Add the following:

”On completion of operations the Contractor/Engineer shall restore the ground surface, wherever it may have been disturbed, to its original condition by filling in all ruts with material similar to the material within the rut and levelling the ground and, where necessary, planting grass and shrubs as may be required. Any boundary fences which have been removed or damaged by his operations and activities shall be repaired and/or reinstated at the Contractor/Engineer’s expense”.

PSA-5.9 Accommodation of Traffic (additional subclause)

Where construction work has to be carried out on or near public roads, the Contractor/Engineer shall deal with traffic as specified in SANS 1921-2 (2004): Construction and Management Requirements for Works Contracts, Part 2 : Accommodation of Traffic on Public Roads occupied by the Contractor/Engineer. The Contractor/Engineer is also referred to Project Specification PS-10.

PSA-8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PSA-8.3 Scheduled fixed-charge and value-related items PSA-8.3.2 Establishment of Facilities on the Site PSA-8.3.2.1 Facilities for the Engineer

Add the following additional subitems:

(d) Carports (state number) Unit : Sum

The tendered rate shall cover all costs as specified in Subclause 8.3.2.3 of SABS 1200 A (and 5.5 of SABS 1200 AB to provide these facilities as specified in Clauses PSAB-3.2, 3.3 and 4.2. if applicable).

PSA-8.3.2.2 Facilities for Contractor/Engineer

For this contract the facilities for the Contractor/Engineer will not be measured and paid for separately as itemised in Subclause 8.3.2.2. The subitems (a) to (j) will be consolidated into one item and payment under item PSA-8.3.2.2 shall be deemed to cover all these subitems.

PSA-8.4 Scheduled time-related items PSA-8.4.2 Operation and maintenance of Facilities on Site PSA-8.4.2.1 Facilities for Engineer

Add the following additional subitems:

(e) Carports ............................................ .......................................................... Unit : Sum (f) Survey instruments ........................... .......................................................... Unit : Sum

The rates tendered shall cover all costs as specified in Subclause 8.4.2.3 of SABS 1200 A and 5.5 of SABS 1200 AB to operate and maintain these facilities as specified in Clauses PSAB-3.2, 3.3 and 4.2.

PSA-8.4.2.2 Facilities for Contractor/Engineer

Consolidate subitems (a) to (j) of Clause 8.4.2.2 into one item as in PSA-8.3.2.2. Payment under PSA-8.4.2.2 shall be deemed to cover subitems (a) to (j).



Page SW 25


SABS 1200 PSD: EARTHWORKS

PSD-1 EARTHWORKS

The Contractor/Engineer is referred to SANS 1921 - 5: Earthworks activities which are to be performed by hand

PSD-3 MATERIALS PSD-3.1 Classification for excavation purposes PSD-3.1.2 Classes of excavation

The classes of excavation in clause 3.1.2 shall in general apply to all excavations where use is made of conventional methods and plant and equipment. Where labour-intensive methods applicable to targeted labour are specified, soft excavations shall be defined as follows: “PSD-3.1.2(a) Soft excavation Soft excavation for labour-intensive work where excavations are to be carried out by hand methods, shall be excavation in material that can be efficiently removed and loaded with picks, shovels and other hand tools by an average able-bodied person or group of persons. Soft excavation shall include small boulders that can be removed by hand methods. Soft excavation can be further broken down by introduction of an additional class such as “Soft Excavation Class A”, which is excavation defined as soft, but which can only be excavated with difficulty. The criteria for classifying Soft Excavation Class A shall be as follows: Granular material: - dense material with high resistance to penetration by the point of a geological pick; several blows are required for removal of material; 7 to 15 blows of the dynamic cone penetrometer are required to penetrate 100 mm; and Cohesive materials - stiff to very stiff material requiring 6 to 8 blows of the dynamic cone penetrometer to penetrate 100 mm, where: "stiff" material can be indented by thumbnail; slight indentation produced by pushing a geological pick point into the soil; cannot be moulded by fingers; and where: "very stiff" material can be indented by thumbnail with difficulty; slight penetration of point produced by blow of geological pick. Where soft excavation class A material is encountered, it shall be measured and paid for as an extra over soft excavation.

PSD-5 CONSTRUCTION PSD-5.1 Precautions PSD-5.1.1 Safety PSD-5.1.1.2 Safeguarding of excavations



Page SW 26

• Add the following subparagraph:

“(g) The Contractor/Engineer or his agent or his representative shall not require or allow any person to work under unsupported overhanging material or in an excavation which is more than 1,5 m deep, and any excavation which has not been adequately supported or braced if there is a danger of the overhanging material or the sides of the excavation collapsing. The support, shoring or bracing to be designed and constructed by the Contractor/Engineer, shall be strong and sturdy enough to support the sides of the excavation in question.”

PSD-5.2.2.1 Excavations for general earthworks and for structures

• Add the following additional subparagraph:

“(f) The Contractor shall so plan his cut-to-fill operations that all excavated material is used in the manner that is most appropriate.

The Contractor/Engineer shall conserve all suitable surplus material and he shall not borrow, spoil or waste any material unnecessarily. If excavated material designated for a particular purpose become contaminated, is incorrectly used or becomes unavailable through injudicious planning of excavation operations, the Contractor/Engineer shall replace the contaminated material and make good any shortfall with material of quality at least equal to that of the said selected material.

Where selection of excavated material is required, the method of excavation shall be so arranged as to avoid double handling. Wherever possible excavated material shall be placed in its final position without being stockpiled. If stockpiling is unavoidable, materials intended for different uses shall be stockpiled separately



Page SW 27


SABS 1200 PSD: EARTHWORKS (PIPE TRENCHES)

PSDB-5 CONSTRUCTION PSDB- 5.1 Precautions PSDB-5.1.5 Trench Excavations (additional subclause)

The precautions for excavations as specified in Clause 5.1.1 of Section 1200D, 1200DA, and the relevant clauses in PSD and PSDA, shall also apply to all trench excavations. The Contractor/Engineer shall take all the steps necessary to ensure that no person is required or allowed to work in a trench or any other unsupported overhanging excavation which is more than 1,5 m deep, and any excavation which has not been adequately supported, shored or braced if there is any danger whatsoever of the sides of the excavation collapsing. The support, shoring or bracing to be designed and constructed by the Contractor/Engineer, shall be strong and sturdy enough to support the sides of the excavation in question.



Page SW 28


SABS 1200 GA: CONCRETE (SMALL WORKS)

PS GA-3 MATERIALS PS GA-3.2 Cement PS GA-3.2.1 Applicable specifications

The standard cement specifications SABS 471, SABS 626, SABS 831, SABS 1466 and SABS 1491, have been withdrawn and are replaced by SANS 50197-1: Common cements, and SANS 50413-1: Masonry cement. These specifications will be applicable to this contract and the descriptions and types of cements, where specified, will be based on the designations as defined in these specifications.

PS GA-5.4.1.4 Prescribed mix concrete

Add the following :

“The structural concrete in this contract shall comply with the following specification.

• The minimum 28 day strength shall be as specified in drawings

• The maximum water/cement ration shall be 0.42

• The minimum cement content shall be 400 kg/m3

• The cement used must be extended with a minimum of 30% Fly Ash or 50% GGBS A detailed mix design by an approved concrete testing laboratory before any concrete is poured in the works and provision shall be made by the Contractor/Engineer for the cost of the design in his rates.

PS GA-8: MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PS GA-8.1 Measurement and rates PS GA-8.1.2 Reinforcement

Replace subclause 8.1.2.2 with the following:

PSGA-8.1.2.2 Mild steel and high tensile steel will be measured by mass for the diameters or range of diameters as scheduled.

Welded mesh will be scheduled separately for each type and mass per square metre of mesh.” Replace subclause 8.1.2.3 with the following:

“PSGA-8.1.2.3 The unit rate for steel bars shall cover the cost of supply, cutting, bending, placing in position, and fixing of the reinforcing and supporting steel scheduled. The rate shall also include the provision of all spacer devices and binding wire, as well as the cost of tests in terms of SANS 920.

The unit rate for welded mesh shall cover the supply, cutting and placing of mesh, as well as the cost of all waste due to laps.”



Page SW 29


SABS 1200 LB: BEDDING (PIPES)

PS LB 3.3 BEDDING

Add the following to LB 3.3: All pipes shall be classified as rigid pipes and shall be laid on a Class C bedding except sub soil drainage, which shall be classified as flexible pipes.

PS LB 5 CONSTRUCTION

PS LB 5.1 General

PS LB 5.1.4 Compacting

Substitute "90 % of mod AASHTO" in LB 5.1.4 with "93 % of mod AASHTO (100 % for sand)".

PS LB 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PS LB 8.2 Scheduled Items

PS LB 8.2.2.4 From stockpile (provisional)

a) Selected granular material ...................................................................................... Unit : m3

b) Selected fill material ................................................................................................ Unit : m3

The rate shall cover the cost of obtaining, handling and transport regardless the distance, of the required bedding material from the stockpile, the delivery thereof at positions that are spaced along the trench in such a way as suits the working method of the Contractor/Engineer, as well as the removal of material displaced by this importation within the free-haul distance.



Page SW 30


SABS 1200 LE: STORMWATER DRAINAGE

PS LE 3 MATERIALS

PS LE 3.1.1 Material for Subsoil Drainage

PS LE 3.1.1.1 Pipes

Pipes for subsoil drainage shall be uPVC pipes complying with the requirements of SABS 791, but shall be perforated or slotted. The size of perforations in perforated pipes shall in all cases be 8 mm in diameter ±1,5 mm and the number of perforations per metre shall be not less than 26 for 110mm pipes and 52 for 160mm pipes. Perforations shall be spaced in two rows for 110mm pipes and in three rows for 160mm pipes.

Slotted pipes shall have a slot width of 8 mm ± 1,5 mm. The arrangement of slots shall be subject to the Engineer's approval, but the total slot area shall be not less than that presented for perforations.

Pipes without slots or perforations required for conveying ground water from the subsoil drainage proper to the point of discharge, shall be uPVC pipes as specified above.

PS LE 3.1.1.2 Crushed-stone

Crushed-stone in subsoil drains shall be 19 mm single-sized stone complying with the grading requirements of stone for concrete in SABS 1083.

PS LE 3.1.1.3 Geotextile Blanket

The geotextile blanket around subsoil drains shall comply with the requirements of PS DK 3.1.4 in all respects.

PS LE 3.1.1.4 Sand

Sand obtained from approved commercial sources shall be clean, hard and durable and shall comply with the following grading requirements: D15 : 0,2 mm to 0,4 mm D85 : 1,2 mm to 4,7 mm

PS LE 5 CONSTRUCTION

PS LE 5.1 Trench Bottom

PS LE 5.1.3 Unsuitable Founding Conditions

Substitute "90% of MAASHTO maximum density" in LE 5.1.3 with "90 % of MAASHTO maximum density (100 % for sand)".



Page SW 31

PS LE8.2 BEDDING AND LAYING

PS LE 8.2.14 Supply And Install Subsurface Drains According To Drawings .............................................. Unit : m

The length shall be measured on the centre line of the completed subsurface drain.

The rate shall cover the cost of supplying, transporting, off-loading and installing all materials as well as for cutting, wasting, overlapping and installing of the materials where applicable.



Page SW 32

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION: PA

BRICKWORK AND PLASTER

PA1 SCOPE PA1.1 This specification covers the general requirements for buildings and other masonry structures,

including plastering. PA2 INTERPRETATION PA2.1 Other relevant Standards/Specification This specification should be read together with SABS 1200 AA. PA2.2 Applicable Edition of Standards Each standard specification referred to in this specification shall be deemed to be the latest edition,

applicable on the tender closing date. PA2.3 Definitions and Symbols For purposes of this specification, the definitions and symbols given in the National Building

Regulations and Building Standards Act, 1977 (referred to further on in this specifications as "Building Act"), where applicable, shall apply. (Definitions: pages 5 to 14, Symbols : page 23.)

PA3 MATERIALS PA3.1 Cement Cement shall conform to the requirements of SABS 471. PS3.2 Lime Lime shall be of approved manufacture, well burnt and of uniform quality conforming with SABS 523. PA3.3 Sand Sand to be used for mortar and plaster shall comply with the requirements of SABS 1090. PA3.4 Clay Bricks Clay bricks must conform to SABS 227. A sample of bricks to be used for construction must be given

to Engineer for approval before construction bricks are delivered to site. The Contractor/Engineer will be required to carry out necessary tests and provide certificates for

compliance of the bricks with SABS 227. The cost of these tests will be deemed part of the scheduled rates and no additional payment will be made therefore.

Best quality engineering bricks shall be used for all foundation and concealed situations. PA3.5 Damp-Proofing Material used as a dampproof course shall conform to the requirements contained either in SABS 248

or in SABS 952. Type FV fibre-felt sheets or Type C polyethylene sheets shall be supplied under the contract.



Page SW 33

PA3.6 Fibre Cement Sheets Fibre cement flat sheets, minimum 15 mm thick, shall comply with the requirements of SABS 685. PA3.7 Storage PS3.7.1 Cement and Lime Cement and lime stored on the site shall be properly protected against moisture to the satisfaction of

the engineer.

PA4 CONSTRUCTION PA4.1 Brickwork Brickwork shall be well and regularly bonded, with no false headers and none but whole bricks except

where legitimately required as closers. All bricks must be thoroughly dampened before laying and each brick is to be laid with full joints and pressed into its bed so as to squeeze out superfluous mortar and give a finished joint not exceeding 8 mm thick in the case of the face work or 13 mm thick in the case of plastered walls or work not exposed to view. All joints, both horizontal and vertical, notwithstanding any grade custom to the contrary, are to be filled solid with mortar for their full width and depth, each course being flushed with mortar, worked well down into all vertical joints before the succeeding course is laid. Horizontal joints and vertical joints of face work shall be pointed flush in manholes and catchpits, but shall be pointed and finished with a tooled recessed joint elsewhere. Plastered walls shall have the joints raked out to a depth not less than 13 mm and not more than 20 mm, and subsequently refilled with mortar of the same proportions as the original bedding mortar. In no circumstances may joints to be so formed as to expose any perforation in the units.

Wire ties, where required, shall be stainless steel and are to be installed at 5 per square metre. PA4.2 Mortar The mix proportions for the mortar are given below: Portland cement 50 kg Lime 0-40 l Sand* 200 l max. * measured loose and damp PA4.3 Plastering Plaster shall be of the same proportions as the bedding mortar. Any other plaster mixes will be subject

to the approval of the Engineer. PA4.4 Damp-proof Courses The areas to be covered by dampproof courses are indicated on the drawings. Dampproof shall be

laid on a surface which shall not contain any sharp objects which may perforate the membrane. The full width of the wall and the whole area under the floor is to be covered by the membrane and shall overlap by not less than 100 mm under the floor, and by not less than 150 mm under the wall. All joints shall be effectively sealed. Where shown on the drawing, the dampproof course is to be stepped up one course of brickwork in the inner skin. Proper returns are to be made at all doorframes.

PA4.5 Window Sills



Page SW 34

Windowsills shall be formed as shown on the drawings and as hereafter described: Dampproof sheeting shall be provided one brick course below the sill and shall be turned upwards and

terminate behind the window frame to provide an efficient weather-tight seal. All external sills and some internal sills, where shown, shall be formed in quarry tiles and other internal

sills where shown are to be of fibre cement sheet minimum thickness 15 mm to SABS 685 with approximately 20 mm projection beyond the finished face of the walls.

External sills shall be laid to a 20 weathered slope while internal sills shall be laid horizontal. All tiles shall be bedded in 3:1 cement mortar and neatly pointed. PA4.6 Lintels with Brickwork Reinforcement Lintels over doors, windows and openings, where ordered by the Employer, shall be reinforced with

four layers of BRC brickforce, or approved equal. The latter reinforcement shall extend a minimum of 450 mm beyond any opening. All joints in the six courses of brickwork above the opening shall be fully flushed with cement mortar. Shoring to soffits of lintels shall be left in position for at least 14 days after building the lintel and the brickwork shall be kept damp with wet bags for the whole of this period.

PA4.7 Wall Vents Ventilator openings shall be formed through walls where indicated and shall be provided with double

brick terracotta louvred air bricks (fitted with plastic insect screens) both externally and internally (where scheduled) set flush into the work and neatly pointed. Internal wall vents are to be of an approved plaster of paris type where scheduled.

PA4.8 Building in Frames, etc Door and window frames are to be set up, built into position, bedded and pointed in cement mortar,

with any necessary cutting to brickwork, fitting and making good, as the brickwork is built up. In the case of doorframes, wrought iron right angled cramps are to be fixed to doorframes and built into brickwork at every eighth course.

Where pipes, frames, brackets or other such parts pass through or have to be set into brickwork, the

bricks shall be carefully cut and fitted to maintain regularity of courses and uniformity of joints, the shaped bricks being embedded and pointed to conform with the surrounding brickwork. Where such parts have to be set into position after brickwork is built, holes shall be left wherever possible, in preference to cutting out bricks, and the work shall be subsequently made good in the manner described.

PA4.9 Floor Finishes PA4.9.1 Granolithic Floor Screed Granolithic shall consist of one part cement, one part sand and two parts 5 mm stone chips and oxide

where required, thoroughly mixed as for concrete and placed in a layer not less than 20 mm thick, levelled or graded and trowelled to a smooth uniform surface. To ensure proper bond, the concrete surface to be covered shall be clean, roughened by chipping, flushed with water and coated with cement grout just before placing of the granolithic layer. Granolithic finish is to be steel floated with V joints in squares of 1,20 m to 1,80 m, the joints extending for the full depth of the granolithic. Joints are not required in the granolithic screed where it is to be overlaid by tiles or carpeting.

PA4.10 Chasing Walls Where indicated by the electrical Contractor/Engineer, the construction Contractor/Engineer shall

chase brickwork and concrete work to accommodate electrical conduit - such chasing shall precede



Page SW 35

plastering or rendering and on no account shall plastering or rendering be commenced until the electrical tubing has been installed. No horizontal or diagonal chases shall be permitted.

Elsewhere, electrical conduit shall either be cast into concrete or shall be run on the surface afterwards

as may be directed by the Engineer. PA4.11 Weather In any period of interruption caused by inclement weather, and at the completion of each day's

bricklaying, freshly laid brickwork should be protected.



Page SW 36

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION: PB

CARPENTRY, JOINERY AND IRONMONGERY WORK PB1 SCOPE PB1.1 This specification covers the general requirements for carpentry, joinery and ironmongery work for civil

engineering projects and the methods by which the finished work is to be measured for the purpose of payment.

PB2 INTERPRETATION PB2.1 Other Standards/Specification This specification is to be read with SABS 1200 AA . PB2.2 Applicable Edition of Standards Each standard specification referred to in this specification shall be deemed to be the latest edition, at

the closing date of tenders for this contract. PB3 MATERIALS PB3.1 Timber Roof timber forming a permanent part of the work shall conform to the requirements of the relevant

standard specifications SABS 563, SABS 653, SABS 876, SABS 1089 or SABS 1245. All timber other than that used for temporary works or shuttering shall be treated as specified in SABS

1288 and SABS 05, and allowed to dry thoroughly before being used. PB3.2 Fibre Cement Sheets Fibre cement flat and corrugated sheets shall comply with the requirements of SABS 685. The flat

sheets shall be minimum 15 mm thick. PB3.3 Hardware Locks, hinges and other hardware shall be provided to doors; all ironmongery and fixings shall be

chromium plated on brass except where otherwise specified. PB3.3.1 Hinges Hardwood doors in hardwood frames are to be provided with brass butt hinges as scheduled with

three hinges per leaf. PB3.3.2 Door Locks and Furniture External door to be fitted with a night latch (to be supplied by the Employer) and a Henderson No 463

bow handle, secured with brass bolts passing through the door with nuts on the inside. PB3.3.3 Cabin Hooks One 200 mm brass cabin hook complete with eyes to be fitted to each door including for hardwood

block plugged to walls or post as scheduled.



Page SW 37

PB4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PB4.1 The work will be measured and paid for in accordance with the units and rates scheduled. PB4.2 The tendered rates for doors are to include for the manufacture, fitting hanging and protective painting

thereof. PB4.3 The tendered rates for ironmongery shall include for the supplying and fitting complete with non-

corrosive screws and/or bolts.



Page SW 38

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION: PC

PAINTING PC1 SCOPE PC1.1 This specification covers the general requirements for painting, including methods of preparation of

materials to be painted, cleaning, priming, undercoating and finishing, and also methods by which the finished work will be measured and paid for.

PC2 INTERPRETATION PC2.1 Supporting Specification This specification must be read together with SABS 1200 AA PC2.2 Applicable Edition of Standards Each standard specification referred to in this specification shall be deemed to be the latest edition at

the tender closing date. PC3 MATERIALS PC3.1 Emulsion Paints for Exterior Use Emulsion paints for exterior use shall comply with SABS 634. PC3.2 Calcium Plumbate Primer Calcium plumbate primer shall comply with SABS 912. PC3.3 Undercoats for Paints Undercoats for air-drying protective and decorative paints shall comply with SABS 681. PC3.4 Structural Steel Paints Structural steel paints shall comply with SABS 684. PC3.5 Colours of Paints Specification for colours of paints shall comply with CKS 279.



Page SW 39

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION: PE

THE CLIENT’S PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND HEALTH PLAN

1 Scope and Objective 1.1 Scope of Specification

The scope of this specification is the principles, responsibilities, liabilities, duties and requirements applicable to the promotion of Health and Safety in the Construction Work environment.

This document constitutes a Health and Safety Specification for Construction Work as is defined in the

Construction regulations, 2003 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Act 85 of 1993).

Tunneling and underground constructions are specifically excluded from the scope of this specification as they are covered by the Mines Health and Safety Act, 1996 (Act 29 of 1996) as amended.

1.2 Objective of Specification The objective of this specification is to: 1.2.1 Fulfill the requirements for a Health and Safety Specification for Construction Work as defined in the

Construction regulations, 2003 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Act 85 of 1993). 1.2.2 Form the basis for the effective management of Health and Safety in Works where Ndwedwe Municipality is

the Client. 1.2.3 Gain the commitment of all stakeholders to the Health and Safety Plan. 1.2.4 Align all stakeholders with respect to Health and Safety initiatives and provide them with a holistic picture of

the issues that would constitute compliance. 1.2.5 To enhance care and due diligence with respect to safety, health and the environment. 1.2.6 The fundamental intention of this specification is to entrench health and safety as a core value of all persons

involved with Ndwedwe Municipality in the construction of Works. 1.3 Philosophy The format of the specification avoids being prescriptive or interfering with the legal obligations of the

responding parties. It is meant to provide the means for facilitating direction and control, in establishing a working environment free of risk to safety and health.

Contractor/Engineers who are unfamiliar with how to compile the Health and Safety Plan required in terms of

the construction regulations may wish to utilise the requirements of this specification as a framework on which to build the Health and Safety Plan or consider employing the services of a specialist consultant for the preparation and / or implementation of the Health and Safety Plan for the construction of the Works.

It is important that all stakeholders are committed to the Health and Safety Plan to ensure personnel safety on the construction site. This requires that both the employer and her employees need to address Occupational Safety together. Management systems are provided to statistically monitor the performance with regard to health and safety, the intention of these systems is not to achieve health and safety by policing the conduct of the Contractor/Engineer’s employees. The key to ensuring health and safety, as with any quality assurance management system, is to exploit the benefit of doing things right the first time by proactively analyzing the Works for hazards and associated risks and addressing these risks before commencing work. Accidents and injuries are costly events. The loss of production and the cost of injuries (even though they may be relatively infrequent) far outweigh the effort required to assure quality health and safety in the work place.

The specification accordingly provides for: a) Independent periodic audits to ensure an unbiased pursuit of health and safety.



Page SW 40

b) Follow-up audits to ensure the implementation of prescribed remedial actions. c) Periodic review of the effectiveness of the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan. d) The preparation of regular inspection reports and when applicable incident / accident reports to

gauge changes or trends in the health and safety performance. e) Proactive identification of hazards and associated risks, assessment thereof and initiation of

remedies before the health and safety of any persons or property is threatened, thereby preventing incidents from occurring.

f) Ad hoc inspections to ensure that health and safety is pursued as a lifestyle and not out of intimidation or coercion, and

g) Development of all aspects of the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan. Risk assessments need not be unduly extensive or complex but should be prepared taking into context the size of the project, the size of the Contractor/Engineer’s Organization, the conditions of the workplace and the nature, complexity and significance of the hazards likely to be encountered during the execution of the Works.

INTERPRETATION 2 SUPPORTING SPECIFICATIONS 2.1 The following specifications shall, inter alia, form part of the contract document: 2.1.1 Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993, regulations which shall include, but shall not be limited to the

following:

• Construction Regulations, 2003,

• General Safety Regulations,

• General Administrative Regulations, 1996,

• Driven Machinery Regulations, 1998,

• Electrical Installation Regulations, 1992,

• Electrical Machinery Regulations, 1988,

• Environmental Regulations for Workplaces, 1987, and

• Facilities Regulations, 1990. 2.1.2 SABS 1200 2.2 Application

This specification contains clauses that are applicable to the occupational health and safety requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and its Regulations, in particular the Construction Regulations, 2003 promulgated on the 18th July 2003 in terms of Section 43 of the Act.

2.3 Definitions In the Contract (as defined in clause 1.(1)(e) of the Conditions of Contract) the following words and expressions

shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them except where the context otherwise requires:

2.3.1 Appointments

2.3.1.1 “client” means uThukela Water (Pty) Ltd for whom the Works are to be executed, being the Employer in the Conditions of Contract and who is known as the “Client”, in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and its regulations.

2.3.1.2 “Engineer” means the natural or juristic person or partnership named as the Engineer in the Conditions of Contract and appointed by the Employer to act as the Engineer in terms of this Contract.

2.3.1.3 “Engineer’s Representative” means the person appointed by the Engineer in terms of Clause 2 of the Conditions of Contract.

2.3.1.4 “Professional Engineer” means any person who holds registration as a Professional Engineer or



Page SW 41

Professional Certificated Engineer under the Engineering Profession Act, 2000 (Act No.46 of 2000). 2.3.1.5 “Professional Technologist” means any person who holds registration as a professional

Technologist under the Engineering Profession Act, 2000 (Act No. 46 of 2000). 2.3.1.6 “Employer’s Designer” means a natural or juristic person or partnership named in the Appendix to

Tender or any other natural or juristic person or partnership appointed from time to time by the Employer for the design of the portion of the Permanent Works which the Employer is responsible to design in terms of this Contract.

2.3.1.7 “Contract Designer” means the natural or juristic person or partnership appointed from time to time by the Contractor/Engineer and notified in writing to the Engineer and Employer for the design of the portion of the Permanent Works which the Contractor/Engineer is responsible to design in terms of this Contract, and for the design of the Temporary Works such as false works or formwork.

2.3.1.8 “Contractor/Engineer” means the natural person or juristic person or partnership whose tender has been accepted by or on behalf of the Employer and, who is defined as the Principal Contractor/Engineer in the Construction Regulations, 2003.

2.3.1.9 “SubContractor/Engineer” means a natural or juristic person or partner who is appointed by the Contractor with prior consent of the Engineer to execute certain associated with the Works and who is also an employer as defined in section 1 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act.

2.3.1.10 “Health and Safety Representative” means the person/s designated in accordance with section 17 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act.

2.3.1.11 “Construction Supervisor” means a competent person appointed on a full-time basis in accordance with regulation 6.(1) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor, with written notification to the Employerr.

2.3.1.12 “Assistant Construction Supervisor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 6.(2) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Emplyer.

2.3.1.13 “Construction Health and Safety Officer” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 6.(6) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer.

2.3.1.14 “Risk Assessor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 7.(1) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer.

2.3.1.15 “Fall Protection Developer” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 8.(1)(a) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer.

2.3.1.16 “Excavation Work Supervisor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 11.(1) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer.

2.3.1.17 “Demolition Work Supervisor” a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 12.(1) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer

2.3.1.18 “Ladder Inspector” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 13 of the General Safety Regulations, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer

2.3.1.19 “Scaffolding Supervisor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 14.(2) of Construction Regulation, 2003,in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer

2.3.1.20 “Formwork and Support Work Supervisor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 15.(1) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Engineer.

2.3.1.21 “Suspended Platforms Supervisor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 15.(1) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Engineer.

2.3.1.22 “Material Hoist Inspector” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 17.(8)(a) of the Construction Regulations, 2003 in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer.

2.3.1.23 “Batch Plant Supervisor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 18.(1) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer



Page SW 42

2.3.1.24 “Explosive Powered Tools Issuer” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 19.(2)(g)(i) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer.

2.3.1.25 “Construction Vehicles and Mobile Plant Inspector” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 21.(1)(j) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer.

2.3.1.26 “Electrical Temporary Installation Inspector” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 22.(d) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer

2.3.1.27 “Stacking Supervisor” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 26.(a) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer

2.3.1.28 “Fire Extinguisher Inspector” means a competent person appointed in accordance with regulation 27.(h) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in writing by the Contractor/Engineer, with written notification to the Employer

2.4 Duties, responsibilities and liabilities 2.4.1 Principal Parties

This section addresses the duties, responsibilities and liabilities of the following principals in accordance with legislation.

• Employer

• Employer’s Safety Agent

• Contractor/Engineer

• SubContractor/Engineer

• Employer’s Designer

• Contractor/Engineer’s Designer

The duties and responsibilities of the various principal parties are briefly summarized below (the numbers

indicated correspond to the applicable regulation number in the Construction Regulations, 2003). The

intention of the summary is not to replace the Regulation \s, but is included for indicative purposes. The

liabilities of each party are also shown.

2.4.1.1 Employer

In addition to the duties, responsibilities and liabilities specified in the Conditions of Contract, Ndwedwe

Municipality as Employer shall have the following duties and responsibilities to ensure compliance with the

Construction Regulations, 2003(Regulations 4.(1)(a) – 4.(6)):

• Prepare health and safety specifications for the Works.

• Provide copies of the specifications to Tenderers or to the appointed Contractor/Engineer.

• Provide any information to the Contractor/Engineer that may affect the health and safety of his employees.

• Appoint the Contractor/Engineer in writing for the Works.

• Take reasonable steps to ensure that the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan is implemented and maintained on the Works.

• Ensure that monthly safety audits are implemented and documented.

• Stop the Contractor/Engineer from executing work, not in accordance with, the approved Health and Safety Plan or which poses a threat to the health and safety of persons and property.

• Ensure that the relevant health and safety information and appropriate resources are made available to the Contractor/Engineer when changes are brought about to the design.

• Ensure that the Contractor/Engineer is registered and in good standing with the compensation fund or with a licensed compensation insurer prior to the commencement of the Works.



Page SW 43

• Ensure (prior to award) that Tenderers have made provision in their tenders for the cost of health and safety measures during the construction of the Works.

• Discuss and negotiate with the Contractor/Engineer the content of the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan.

• Approve the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan for implementation.

• On request, make available copies of the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan to his employees, his SubContractor/Engineer and inspectors.

• Satisfy himself regarding the competencies and resources of the Contractor/Engineer he intends to employ.

• Satisfy himself regarding the competencies and resources of the Safety Agent should he decide to appoint one.

Ndwedwe Municipality as the Employer hereby limits its responsibility for the duties imposed on the Client in terms of the Construction Regulations, 2003 as listed above.

2.4.1.2 Employer’s Safety Agent

Ndwedwe Municipality may decide to appoint an agent in accordance with regulation 4.(5) of the Construction Regulations, 2003, in such a case, the duties and responsibilities as imposed by these regulations upon the Employer shall as far as reasonably practicable apply to his Safety Agent.

2.4.1.3 Contractor/Engineer

It is the intention of this Specification, that the Municipality, as the employer limits its liability as per 2.4.1.1 and in this regard, the Contractor/Engineer accepts sole liability as mandatory for due compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and all its regulations including the Construction Regulations, 2003 (regulations 3-9.(3)) In addition to the duties, responsibilities and liabilities specified in the Conditions of Contract, the Contractor/Engineer shall in addition have the following duties and responsibilities to ensure compliance with the Construction Regulations, 2003 (Regulations 3-5):

• Notification of the Provincial Director in writing of the commencement of the Construction Works.

• Copy documentation of the notification letter is to be filed on site for inspection on request.

• Implement a relevant and approved Health and Safety Plan from the Commencement Date until completion of the Works.

• Ensure co-operation between all Contractor/Engineers to enable each to comply with the provisions of Construction Regulations.

• Provide any Tenderer or SubContractor/Engineer with copies of the Employer’s Health and Safety Specification.

• Appoint SubContractor/Engineer(s) in writing.

• Ensure that each SubContractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan is implemented and maintained on their particular portion of the Works.

• Exercise discipline on SubContractor/Engineer to ensure the Works are executed in accordance with, the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan and that no threat is posed to the health and safety of persons or property.

• In the event of changed circumstances or design updates, the relevant health and safety information and appropriate resources are to be immediately made available to the SubContractor/Engineer.

• Ensure that SubContractor/Engineer(s) are registered and in good standing with the compensation fund or with a licensed compensation insurer prior to the commencement of the Works. Ensure that Tenderers have made provision in their tenders for the cost of all relevant health and safety measures during the construction of the Works.

• Discuss and negotiate the contents of his SubContractor/Engineers’ Health and Safety Plans.

• Approve the SubContractor/Engineers’ Health and Safety Plan(s) for implementation.

• On request, make available a copy of SubContractor/Engineers’ Health and Safety Plan(s) to an employee, inspector, Contractor/Engineer, the Employer or the Employer’s Safety Agent.



Page SW 44

• Compile and maintain a comprehensive health and safety file on the construction site.

• Upon request, make available his health and safety file to an inspector, Employer, the Employer’s Safety Agent or the Contractor/Engineer.

• Submit a consolidated health and safety file to the Employer upon completion of the Works.

• Include a comprehensive and updated list of all SubContractor/Engineers and their respective subcontract agreements in the health and safety file.

• Satisfy himself as to the competencies and resources of any SubContractor/Engineer he intends to appoint.

• Appoint Construction Supervisor.

• Appoint Assistant Construction Supervisor if required by an inspector.

• Appoint individual Construction Supervisors for individual construction sites.

• Where necessary, appoint a competent Construction Safety Officer and provide the relevant resources.

• Gain inputs into the Health and Safety Plan from the Construction Safety Officer.

• Perform a risk assessment and communicate the conclusions to personnel prior to the commencement of any Construction work.

• On request, make available copies of the risk assessment.

• Periodically review the risk assessment in conjunction with the project safety committee.

• Ensure that all employees are informed of the existence of specific identified hazards and are instructed and trained on the related work procedures to address the safety aspects of the hazard and prevent incidents before any work commences.

• Ensure that all SubContractor/Engineers are informed regarding any hazards identified in the risk assessment prior to commencing work.

• Analyze and address ergonomic related hazards in the risk assessment.

• Ensure that all employees undergo health and safety induction prior to permitting employees to access the Works.

• Ensure that all visitors undergo health and safety induction.

• Provide visitors with necessary personal protective equipment prior to entry to the site.

• Ensure that every employee is in possession of and carries at all times proof of having attended health and safety training.

• Anticipate and prevent the uncontrolled collapse of any structure which may become unstable as a result of carrying out construction work.

• Ensure that no structure is loaded in an unsafe manner.

• Ensure that all construction drawings are on site and available on request by an inspector, Contractor/Engineers, Employer, the Employer’s, Safety Agent or employee.

2.4.1.4 SubContractor/Engineer

To ensure compliance with the Construction Regulations, the SubContractor/Engineer shall:

• Compile and submit a Health and Safety Plan, based on the Contractor/Engineer’s health and safety specification.

• Apply the approved Health and Safety Plan from the Commencement Date until completion of the Works.

• Satisfy himself as to the competencies and resources of any SubContractor/Engineer he intends to appoint.

• Provide the Contractor/Engineer with any information which may affect the health and safety of any person or property or which may justify a review of the Health and Safety Plan.

In addition to the above items, the subContractor/Engineer shall ensure compliance with relevant Construction Regulations 5.7 - 9.3 summarized in section 2.4.4 above.

2.4.1.5 Designer (Employer’s Designer or Contractor/Engineer’s Designer)

To ensure compliance with the Construction Regulations, 2003, the Designer (as defined in the Construction Regulation, 2003) shall:



Page SW 45

• Make available to the Employer all the relevant information affecting the pricing of the Works.

• Inform the Contractor/Engineer of any hazard relating to the Works.

• Make available all information required for the safe execution of the Works.

• Ensure that information relating to geo-sciences, designs loads, and the methods and sequence of construction processes are made available to the Contractor/Engineer in a report.

• Include ergonomic design principles in order to minimize related hazards.

• Exclude, as far as possible, dangerous procedures or hazardous materials in the structure’s design.

• Make provision in the design of the Works for hazards likely to be encountered during its subsequent maintenance.

• Carry out inspections of the construction work during the construction period to ensure compliance with the design specification.

• Document inspections carried out on the construction site.

• Stop any Contractor/Engineer from executing works not in accordance with the design specification.

• Conduct a final inspection of the completed Works prior to commissioning.

• On completion of successful final inspection, issue a completion certificate to the Contractor/Engineer.

The Employer’s Designer shall only accept responsibility to comply with the Construction Regulation, 2003 for that portion of the Permanent Works which the Employer is responsible to design in terms of the Contract. The Contractor/Engineer’s Designer shall accept sole responsibility and liability to comply with the Construction Regulation, 2003 for that portion of the Permanent Works for which the Contractor/Engineer is responsible to design in terms of the Contract as well as the design of the Temporary Works.

2.4.2 Secondary Parties

This section covers the duties, responsibilities and liabilities of the following secondary parties: Construction Health and Safety Officer Contractor/Engineer’s Employees Fall Protection Developer Health and Safety Consultant Health and Safety Representative Risk Assessor

2.4.2.1 Construction Heath and Safety Officer

The Construction Health and Safety Officer will be responsible for:

• The execution and updating of the Safety Plan,

• Execution and control all safety related aspects of the Works

• Management of all safety initiatives on the Works,

• Identify needs, schedule and monitor the safety training of the employees and visitors to the Works,

• Co-ordinate the compliance of safety procedures as required for the Works,

• Management of all safety related administration on the Works (including the maintenance of the Safety File),

• Recording and updating of safety statistics and

• Assisting in inquiries and incident investigation.

The Construction Health and Safety Officer shall provide input into the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan.

2.4.2.2 Contractor/Engineer’s Employees



Page SW 46

All employees will be responsible for safety on the construction site and the work place as prescribed in section 14 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and briefly summarized as follows:

• Take reasonable care for one’s own health and safety as well as that of other people who may be affected by what the employee carries out,

• Co-operate with his employer with regards to health and safety to ensure that his employer complies with requirements imposed on him,

• Obey the health and safety rules and procedures laid down by his employer,

• Carry out any lawful health and safety instruction issued by the employer,

• Report any unsafe or unhealthy situation to his employer or to the health and safety representative for his workplace,

• Immediately report any incident in which he was involved which has caused an injury to himself or others, and

• Assist in inquiries and incident investigations.

No employee shall intentionally or recklessly misuse, damage or interfere with, anything which is in the interest of health and safety.

2.4.2.3 Fall Protection Developer

The Fall Protection Developer will be responsible for the preparation and maintenance of a fall protection plan to be implemented by the Contractor/Engineer, in such a manner as to ensure compliance with regulation 8 of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

2.4.2.4 Health and Safety Consultant

The Health and Safety Consultant shall assist the Contractor/Engineer in any health and safety matters on the Works for which he is appointed.

2.4.2.5 Health and Safety Representative

The Health and Safety Representative shall fulfill the duties as set out in section 18 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, (Act 85 of 1993). A health and safety representative shall not incur any civil liability by reason of the fact that he failed to do anything which he may do or is required to do in terms of the Act.

2.4.2.6 Risk Assessor

The Risk Assessor shall identify risks and hazards to which persons may be exposed to, analyze and evaluate the risks and hazards identified, compile a plan of safe work procedures to mitigate, reduce or control the risks and hazards that have been identified, compile a monitoring plan, and a review plan.

2.4.3 Supervisors, Inspectors and Issuers

This section covers the duties, responsibilities and liabilities of the following Supervisors, Inspectors and Issuers to be found on the Works:

2.4.3.1 Construction Supervisor

The Construction Supervisor shall be responsible for supervising the construction work and ensuring that all construction work under supervision is carried out safely by ensuring that:

• Ensure that the work is supervised by a person trained to deal with hazards and who has the authority to take necessary steps or give necessary instructions

• Personnel appointed to carry out work are knowledgeable, suitably trained, skilled and experienced and thereby competent to carry out the work in hand.



Page SW 47

• Statutory appointments are in place and correctly documented;

• That all identified statutory requirements are met; and

• That any other interests in terms of health and safety with respect to the area of construction is met.

• That the required, health and safety committees are established and that meetings are scheduled, held and documented;

• That the required risk assessments are carried out;

• That precautionary measures required to prevent an incident are identified, communicated and implemented prior to work taking place;

• That personnel are informed, made aware of and understand the hazards attached to the work being carried out and the related precautionary measures required to prevent an incident;

• That appropriate discipline is enforced at the construction site at all times with regard to safety issues.

2.4.3.2 Assistant Construction Supervisor The Assistant Construction Supervisor shall be responsible within the responsible area for supervising

the construction work and ensuring that all construction work under supervision is carried out safely by ensuring that:

• Personnel appointed to carry out work are suitably trained and competent to carry out such work.

• Statutory appointments are in place and correctly documented;

• That all identified statutory requirements are met; and

• That any other interests in terms of health and safety with respect to the area of construction is met.

• That the required, health and safety committees are established and that meetings are scheduled, held and documented;

• That the required risk assessments are carried out;

• That precautionary measures required to prevent an incident are identified, communicated and implemented prior to work taking place;

• That personnel are informed, made aware of and understand the hazards attached to the work being carried out and the related precautionary measures required to prevent an incident;

• That discipline is enforced at the construction site at all times with regard to safety issues

• The duties of the Construction Supervisor are performed in his absence. 2.4.3.3 Batch Plant Supervisor

The Batch Plant Supervisor shall be required to ensure compliance with regulation 18 of the Construction Regulations, 2003. In addition, he shall fulfill the following duties and responsibilities:

• Manage the day to day operations of a batch plant,

• Be responsible for the maintenance of the batch plant,

• Be able to proactively identify developing defects and hazardous situations before they threaten the safety of personnel or property,

• Act as the Occupational Health and Safety Representative for the batch plant area, and

• Take responsibility for the safety of the personnel at the batch Plant. The Batch Plant Supervisor will be appointed with authority to stop the operation of the plant should any hazardous situation require it.

2.4.3.4 Construction Vehicle & Mobile Plant Inspector



Page SW 48

The Construction Vehicle and Mobile Plant Inspector will ensure the safety of all construction vehicles and plant in compliance with regulation 21 of the Construction Regulation, 2003. The inspector will be responsible for the regular inspection of all vehicles and plant and the documentation of his findings.

2.4.3.5 Demolition Work Supervisor

The Demolition Work Supervisor will supervise and control all demolition work on the Works in such a manner to ensure compliance with regulation 12 of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The Supervisor will be responsible for all administration and documentation related to the demolition works.

2.4.3.6 Electrical Temporary Installation Inspector

The Electrical Temporary Installation Inspector will control all the temporary electrical installations on the Works to ensure compliance with regulation 11 of the Construction Regulation, 2003, the Electrical Installations Regulations, 1992 and SANS 0142.

2.4.3.7 Excavation Work Supervisor The Excavation Work Supervisor will supervise all excavation work on the Works in such a matter as to

ensure compliance with regulation 11 of the Construction Regulations, 2003 and shall in particular ensure that every excavation is inspected and documentary proof filed:

• On a daily basis before each shift,

• After rains,

• After an unexpected fall of ground,

• After substantial damage to supports, and

• After every blasting operation.

2.4.3.8 Explosive Power Tools Issuer

The Explosive Power Tool Issuer will control and document the issuing and collection of explosive tools, cartridges and nails or studs to ensure compliance with regulation 19 of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

2.4.3.9 Fire Extinguisher Inspector The Fire Extinguisher Inspector will be responsible for the operation, inspection and documentation of all

firefighting equipment on the Works to ensure compliance with the regulation 27 of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

2.4.3.10 Formwork and Support Work Supervisor The Formwork and Support Work Supervisor will be responsible for all formwork and support work

operations and will see to it that formwork and support work erectors, operators and inspectors are trained and competent to carry out their work Works to ensure compliance with regulation 15 of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

2.4.3.11 Ladder Inspector

The Ladder Inspector will be responsible for the regular inspection, documentation of findings and maintenance of registers to control the use of all ladders on the Works and to ensure compliance with regulation 13 of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

2.4.3.12. Material Hoist Inspector The Material Hoist Inspector will be responsible for the daily inspection of material hoists or similar

machinery on the Works and to ensure compliance with regulation 17 of the Construction Regulations,



Page SW 49

2003. The inspector must be competent and have experience pertaining to the erection and maintenance of all hoists on the Works. The inspector must be competent in determining the serviceability of the entire material hoist including guides, ropes and their connections, drums, sheaves or pulleys and all safety devices.

2.4.3.13 Scaffolding Supervisor

The Scaffold Supervisor will be required to supervise all scaffolding work operations carried out on the Works and to ensure compliance with regulation 14 of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The scaffolds are to be well documented and access to incomplete and unsafe scaffolds controlled.

2.4.3.14 Stacking Supervisor The Stacking Supervisor shall supervise the stacking and storage of all articles on site and shall be

responsible to ensure compliance with regulation 26 of the Construction Regulations, 2003. 2.4.3.15 Suspended Platform Supervisor The Suspended Platform Supervisor will supervise all suspended platform work operations carried out

on the Works and ensure compliance with regulation 15 of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The supervisor will also see ensure the competency of suspended platform erectors, operators and inspectors.

3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN 3.1 General

It is expected of the Contractor/Engineer to include in his safety plan, method statements on how to accomplish the requirements relating to the Construction Regulations, 2003 and related incorporated standards and regulations. The following generic aspects should be covered in the Contractor/Engineer’s safety plan

• Administrative Procedures: The administrative procedures that the Contractor/Engineer envisages for the implementation and maintenance of the safety plan with specific reference to the construction site.

• Continuous assessment: A proposal for the continuous assessment of the effectiveness of the safety plan should be provided.

• Control Systems: A description of the proposed control systems to be implemented to support the safety program should be provided.

• Competent Appointments: The criteria to be used for the selection of the various categories of competent personnel, (general competency, certificated competency and special competency), should be provided. Competent personnel are deemed to have the required knowledge, skills and experience, familiarity with the legal provisions applying to the work and trained to recognize any potential or actual danger to health or safety in the workplace. CV’s, where available, of persons to be appointed should be provided indicating both qualifications and relevant experience. Should development of personnel be required to realize the required competencies, a personnel development plan outlining the proposed development should be provided.



Page SW 50

Details of proposed external resources to be appointed in connection with the development or implementation of the Safety Plan should also be provided. Competency does not necessarily include site specific knowledge of hazards and as such site induction for all personnel is of great importance.

3.1.1 Requirements during the tender phase During the tendering phase it will be expected from the Tenderer to briefly explain how the

abovementioned will be accomplished. 3.1.2 Requirements upon appointment Once a successful Tenderer has been appointed, the Contractor/Engineer shall supply a Detailed Health

and Safety Plan to ensure compliance with the Construction Regulations, 2003. The Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan should include, but not be limited to, those sections indicated in Section 3.2 of this specification.

3.2 Outline of Health and Safety Plan.

It is recommended that in compiling the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan the sections and sub-

sections are addressed as a minimum.

3.3 Objective and Scope of Plan;

3.3.1 Brief statement of the aim and scope of the health and safety plan. 3.4. Risk Assessment;

3.4.1. Alternative Forms of Risk Assessment, 3.4.2 Methodology of Risk Assessment, 3.4.3 Elements of Risk Assessment;

Scope of assessment, Risks Identified Risk Analysis Risk Evaluation Risk Treatment Monitor and review

3.5 Resources; 3.5.1 Health and Safety Organogram 3.5.2 Supervisors, Inspectors and Issuers 3.5.3 Employees 3.5.4 SubContractor/Engineers 3.5.5 Training 3.5.6 Plant 3.5.7 Equipment 3.5.8 Materials

3.6 Materials 3.6.1 Temporary Materials 3.6.2 Permanent Materials

3.7 Categories of Work 3.8 Implementation of Health and Safety Plan

3.8.1 Administrative systems 3.8.2 Training 3.8.3 Reporting



Page SW 51

3.8.4 Monitoring 3.8.5 Inspections

3.9 Audit 3.9.1 Internal audits 3.9.2 Follow-up audits

3.10 Financial Aspects

4 RISK ASSESSMENT 4.1 General 4.1.1 This Risk Assessment section of the specification deals with the Contractor/Engineer’s preparation of

Risk Assessments in order to ensure compliance with Regulation 7 of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The section highlights the principles related to the preparation of suitable and sufficient risk assessments. Contractor/Engineers intending to prepare Risk Assessments should be trained and suitably experienced in the applications envisaged.

4.1.2 A comprehensive risk assessment is an assessment which:

• Accounts for risks that are likely to arise during the construction of the Works,

• Enables the development and implementation of systems to manage the risks,

• Remains valid for a reasonable period of time,

• Provides a basis for training of employees, and

• Improves working procedures and introduces long term controls.

4.1.3 The requirements of the Construction Regulations will not be satisfied by a single Risk Assessment exercise that holds good for all time. The risk assessment process on the Works is a dynamic process.

4.1.4 The objectives of risk assessments are to:

• Identify and prioritize the risks that require action to prevent incidents

• Identify the various options available to reduce the risks,

• Identify the risks that require careful ongoing management, and

• Identify the nature of the required ongoing attention.

4.1.5 Definitions: Hazard: A hazard is a source of, or exposure to risk. Consequence (of a hazard): Consequence is the degree of harm, the potential severity of injuries or ill health and / or the number of

people potentially affected. Likelihood: Likelihood is a chance in a time period (usually per year) that a hazard will take place. (likelihood =

exposure x probability). Risk: Risk is a chance of loss (injury to people, damage to equipment or production loss). Criticality: Risk criticality depends upon the consequence and the likelihood that an event will occur.



Page SW 52

Risk assessment team: A risk assessment team comprises a number of participants, each of whom can contribute towards the

risk assessment process. Each would have knowledge and experience of the risk which is being assessed, and when all of their ideas are combined, the most comprehensive assessment will be obtained.

4.2 Forms of Risk Assessment

In order to ensure compliance with the Construction Regulations, the Contractor/Engineer will be required to

carry out the following three forms of risk assessment:

4.2.1 Baseline or datum assessments

The Contractor/Engineer will be required to carry out a risk assessment before the commencement of construction activities on the Works. This “baseline” risk assessment will form part of the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan. The baseline risk assessment is a general evaluation of all the hazards which employees, other persons, plant, vehicles and facilities may face or be exposed to during the construction of the Works. These hazards should be identified and evaluated and precautionary measures introduced to reduce or control the consequences or likelihood of an incident occurring. The effectiveness of the measures defined will be measured in terms of a reduction in the risk and criticality of the risk of a related incident taking place. The baseline risk assessment prepared shall be monitored and reviewed from time to time to ensure that it remains relevant and accurate.

4.2.2 Issue Based Risk Assessment The Contractor/Engineer will be required to carry out separate risk assessment during construction of the

Works when methods and procedures are varied usually associated with a system for the management of change, for example when:

• Designs are amended,

• New machines are introduced,

• Plant is periodically cleaned and maintained,

• Plant is started-up or shut-down,

• Systems of work change or operations alter,

• Incidents or near incidents occur, or

• Technological developments invalidate prior risk assessments.

Contractor/Engineers carrying out a capital or turnkey project may primarily be involved with Issue Based Risk Assessments depending upon the situation of the project.

4.2.3 Continuous Risk Assessments

The Occupational Health and Safety Act specifically requires that employers provide and maintain working environments that are safe and without risk on an ongoing basis. This is achieved by continuous risk assessments, the most important form of risk assessment, and takes place as an integral part of day-to-day management. It may not use the more sophisticated techniques of hazard identification and risk assessment but remains very important. Examples of continuous risk assessment include:

• Regular audits, planned job observations and workplace inspections.

• Maintaining general hazard awareness,

• risk assessments prior to commencing work / critical task analysis 4.3 Methodology for the Preparation of Risk Assessments

The Contractor/Engineer shall in the preparation of his risk assessments, adhere to the following general principles:

• Employ suitably competent persons with appropriate experience in risk assessment,

• From the team appoint a leader to guide and facilitate the risk assessment process,



Page SW 53

• Provide the team with background data, scope of work, potential and underlying causes, and

• Where necessary employ experts for complex risk assessments and aspects of risk assessments that require specific experienced judgment,

• Institute an ongoing system of identifying aspects of the work that require risk assessment, and

• Conduct risk assessments in workshops of the team or by individual members of the team under guidance of the leader as appropriate to the situation.

4.4 Elements of a Risk Assessment 4.4.1 General The process of carrying out a risk assessment consists of a number of well defined steps. These steps

improve decision-making by providing a greater understanding of the risk and their impacts. The main steps or elements of the risk assessment process are as follows:

1) Consider scope and nature of risk involved, determine purpose and physical and legal

bounds of assessment and define risk evaluating criteria, 2) Systematically identify hazards and risks, 3) Analyze risks with regards to causes, likelihood of occurrence and possible

consequences against the background of existing controls 4) Evaluation of risk in terms of pre-established criteria to determine need and priority for

attention 5) Treat risks by taking planned actions in operations, engineering and management, 6) Monitor and review progress and performance in terms of the management system, and 7) Communicate and consult.

The following sections 4.4.2 to 4.4.7 deal with (2) to (7) above. These items form the continuing process of the risk assessment as indicated in figure 1, below.

The Constructor shall ensure that the risk assessment compiled as part of his Health and Safety Plan contains at least these items.

4.4.2 Risk Identification



Page SW 54

The Contractor/Engineer should regard this step of the risk assessment as the most important. Subsequent analysis and evaluation of risks and the development of risk control measures are wasted if the risk or hazards on the Works are not carefully identified.

The Contractor/Engineer should bear the following principles in mind when identifying the risk:

i) Systematically address all risks on the Works, ii) Review all aspects of the work, but consider only those that have a potential to cause

harm, iii) Rank the risks identified in order of importance and then use appropriately advanced

techniques to deals with major risks, iv) Deal primarily with major risks and avoid obscuring these with unimportant

information, especially minor risks, Address what actually happens in the workplace during the working activity

v) Consider all persons that may be effected, vi) Highlight those groups and individuals who may particularly be at risk, and vii) Review the adequacy and effectiveness of existing safety controls and measures.

4.4.3 Risk Analysis

In this step, the Contractor/Engineer is required to identify the hazards existing in the work area. The following hazard category list indicates the most common hazards



Page SW 55

HAZARD CATEGORY LIST

Physical / Mechanical / Energy sources / Ergonomic CHEMICAL

H1 Electricity/Static H28 Dusts

H2 Gravitation (Lifting equipment) H29 Fibres

H3 Heat energy ( open flames ) H30 Fumes/Vapours

H4 Heat energy ( radiant ) H31 Asphyxiates(Insufficient oxygen, excessive CO2 and N2, smoke)

H5 Hydraulics H32 Toxic Gases/ Flammables

H6 Infra red (Welding / furnace - heat) H34 Liquids

H7 Kinetic energy ( Rotating / Moving Machinery/Tension ) H35 Mists

H8 Noise (Industrial & Environmental) H36 Particulates ( air born substances )

H9 Nuclear H37 Solids

H10 Pneumatic

H11 Pressurized systems ( chemicals in pipelines, gas bottles ) MICRO - BIOLOGICAL

H12 Radiation (Ionising and Non-ionising) H38 Bacteria/Virusses

Ionising - Lazer, X-Ray, Gamma Ray, Alpha/Beta/Gamma Particles H39 Contagious diseases eg. HIV, TB, Hepatitis A, B.

Non-Ionising - Electromagnetic, Radio-Waves, Microwaves, Infrared H40 Fungi

H13 Steam H41 Other eg: Snake bites,Bee stings,

H14 Thermal (Heat or cold) H42 Parasites eg: Bilharzia

H15 Transportation ( Vehicles - Trucks, Forklifts, Cherry picker , Cyclist) H43 Viruses

H16 Vacuum

H17 Confined working Areas / Accessibility/Below Ground PSYCHOLOGICAL

H18 Vibration - (Equipment etc.) Work Related

H19 Visibility (Illumination) H44 Extended Shift work

H20 Ergonomics such as: H45 Stressful work circumstances

Manual handling, awkward location of workplaces & machinery H46 Repetative Task

Repetitive Movement Non Work Related

Vibration H47 Stressors (including use of alcohol/medication)

Elevated Working Positions

Weight of loads lifted and the frequency NATURAL PHENOMENA

Work in abnormal positions H48 Occurances

H21 Fitness to work

H22 Working in elevated positions H49 OTHER

H23 Workplace and work area layout

H24 Slip, Trips, Falls

H25 Confined Space (Cable tunnels)

H26 Security( Piracy, theft, sabotage)

H27 Corrosion/Erosion



Page SW 56

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

No Areas Refer To Process

Flow Chart/Area Map Hazard No Hazards

1 WORKSHOP H1 Electricity/Static

H2 Gravitation

H3 Heat energy ( open flame )

H5 Hydraulics

H6 Infra red (Welding / furnace - heat)

H7 Kinetic energy ( Rotating / Moving Machinery/Tension )

H8 Noise (Industrial & Environmental)

H10 Pneumatic

H11 Pressurized systems ( chemicals in pipelines )

H14 Thermal (Heat or cold)

H15 Transportation ( Vehicles - Trucks, Forklifts, Front end Loader , Cyclist)

The risks associated with each hazard are then identified, analyzed the consequence or likelihood of an incident occurring as a result of a hazard.



Page SW 57

RISK ASSESSMENT

Consequence x

Probability Calculations Conditions

Area no

Hazard no Hazard

Risk no Risk S H E C B S H E C B Normal Abnormal

Incident /Emergency

1 H1 Elelctricity/Static R 1 Electricution/Electrical shock C5 D5 E5 2 0.8 0.3 x x x

R 2 Fire E6 G6 H6 G6 0.1 0.02 0 0 x x x

R 3 Downtime

H2 Gravitation R 4 Equipment falling C1 H1 100 1 x x x

H3 Heat Energy (open flames) R 5 Burning F3 G3 0.5 0.2 x x x

R 6 Fire F3 G3 0.5 0.2 x x

R 7 Explosions E3 G3 1 0.2 x x x

H5 Hydraulics R 8 Mounting press causing injury H5 0 x x

R 9 Fluid of burst pipe causing injury H5 G5 0.1 x x

H6 Infra red (Welding / furnace - heat) R 10 Injury to personnel G1 G1 3 x x

R 11 Fire G3 0.2 x x x

H7 Kinetic energy (Rotating /Moving Machinery) R 12

Cutting machine/Grinders/Lathe/Band saw - injuries E6 0.1 x x x

R 13 Pinching E5 0.3 x x x

R 14 Injury caused by lose clothing E4 0.6 x x x

H8 Noise (Industrial & Environmental) R 15 Noise Induced Hearing Loss E4 0.6 x x x

H10 Pneumatic R 16 Grinding disk disentigrate causing injury F5 0.1 x x x

R 17 Dislodging of hose causing injury F4 0.3 x x x

R 18 Burst pipe causing flying objects and dust F5 0.1 x x x

H11 Pressurized Systems (chemicals in pipelines) R 19

Gas Bottles falling causing injury/explosion E6 0.1 x x x

R 20 Heating of gas bottles causing explosion E7 0 x x

H14 Thermal (Heat or cold) R 21 Exposure of personnel H7 0 x x x

H15 Transportation ( Vehicles - R 22 Damage to equipment G4 0.1 x x



Page SW 58

Trucks, Forklifts, Cherry picker , Cyclist)

H18 Vibration (Equipment etc) R 23 White Finger F6 0.05 x x



Page SW 59

Consequence x Probability Calculations Conditions

Area no

Hazard no Hazard


Incident /Emergency

H19 Visibility (Illumination) R 24 Injury to personnel through falls G4 0.1 x x x

H21 Medical Unfitness R 25 Injury to personnel E3 1 x x x

H24 Slips, Trips and Falls R 26 Time loss from injury E4 0.6 x

H29 Fibres R 27 Bakelite particles cause eye injuries G4 0.1 x x x

R 28 Gasket particals causing eye injuries G4 0.1 x x x

H30 Fumes and vapours R 29 Welding fumes damage lungs G5 0.06 x x x

H32 Toxic gases and flammables R 30 Explosion & Fire G6 0 x x x

R 31 Fire, injury, damage to equipment G4 G3 G5 0.1 0.2 0.1 x x x

H34 Liquids (Methylated spirits, oil, soluble oil) R 32 Can cause dermatitis F2 G2 1.4 0.6 x x x

H39 Contagious Diseases/Viruses R 33 HIV A7 0.4 x x x

R 34 Other illnesses F1 7 x x

H44 Extended Shift work R 35 Injury to personnel F5 0.1 x x x

H45 Stressful work circumstances R 36 Injuries H2 0.2 x x x

2 H1 Electricity/Static R 37 Electricution/Electrical shock C5 C6 E3 2 0.67 1 x x

R 38 Fire E6 G6 H6 G6 0.1 0.02 0 0 x x x

R 39 Downtime

H2 Gravitation R 40 Equipment falling C1 G1 100 3 x x x

R 41 Ladders E6 0.1 x x x

H3 Heat Energy (open flame) R 42 Burns from flame cutter E5 0.3 x x x

R 43 Fire/Explotion risk E5 G5 G5 0.3 0.1 0.1 x x x

H4 Heat Energy (radiant) R 44 Burns G3 0.2 x x x

H5 Hydraulics R 45 Oil spills F3 G3 0.5 0.2 x x

H6 Infra red - welding R 46 Injury to personnel G1 G1 3 3 x

R 47 Fire G3 0.2 x x

H7 Kinetic Energy R 48

Injury : personnel/equipment damage - flying objects E3 1 x x x



Page SW 60

R 49 Pinching E5 0.3 x x x



Page SW 61

Consequence x

Probability Calculations Conditions

Area no

Hazard no Hazard


Incident /Emergency

H8 Noise R 50 Noise Induced Hearing Loss E4 0.6 x x x

H10 Pneumatic R 51

Burst pipe causing flying objects and dust F5 0.1 x x x

R 52 Dislodging of hose causing injury F4 0.3 x x x

H11 Pressurized Systems R 53

Gas Bottles falling causing injury/explosion E6 0.1 x x x

R 54

Heating of gas bottles causing explosion E7 0 x x x

H14 Thermal R 55 Cold burns H3 G4 0.1 0.12 x x x

H15 Transportation R 56 Accidents/injuries E3 1 x x x

R 57 Equipment damage

H18 Vibration Equipment R 58 White Finger F4 0.28 x x x

H19 Visibility (Illumination) R 59 Injury to personnel through falls E3 1 x x x

H20 Ergonomics R 60

Off loading - injury to personnel (manual handling/loads) E3 E3 1 1 x x x

H21 Medical unfitness R 61 Injury to personnel E3 1 x x x

R 62 Damage to equipment x x

H22 Working in elevated positions R 63 Working on pipe lines D3 2.7 x x x

H23

Workplace and work area layout R 64

Uneven work survises/long grass, holes F5 0.1 x x x

R 65 Equipment/vehicle Damage x

H24 Slips, Trips and Falls R 66 Injury to personnel C5 2 x x

R 67 Equipment damage x

H26 Security R 68 Theft (lost time/production) x x x

H28 Dusts/particulates R 69 Health Problems to personnel F4 0.28 x

H30 Fumes and vapours R 70 Health Problems to personnel F4 0.28 x

H32 Toxic gases/Flammables R 71 Fire, injury, damage to equipment D3 E5 2.7 0.3 x x

H34

Liquids (Methylated spirits, oil, soluble oil) R 72 Injuries - burns/Fire/dermatitis E3 G3 1 0.2 x

H41

Other eg: Snake bites,Bee stings, R 73 Other illnesses D1 40 x



Page SW 62

H44 Extended shiftwork R 74 Injury to personnel F5 F5 0.1 0.14 x x

H45 Stressful work circumstances R 75 Business risk Bad decisions

H46 Repetitive tasks R 76 Injuries E4 0.6 x

H47 Stressors R 78 Accidents/loss of production E6 0.1 x

S - Safety Legend: - High Risk

H - Health - Medium Risk

E - Environnment - Low Risk



Page SW 63

Risks are identified by determining each risk frequency and the magnitude or severity of the consequence of the hazard. The frequency of occurrence of a hazard may be expressed as the number of times that it may occur in a year, decade, lifetime, century, or longer period, according to comparative human experience. The magnitude of the likely consequence of a hazard may be expressed in terms of the degree of incapacitation, the number of people or costs involved. The frequency of occurrence of a hazard and the magnitude of its consequence may be compounded as the risk that it poses as shown in the “risk matrix” in figure 2 below;



Page SW 64

HAZARD

DISCRIP.

EST/MAX LOSS

SAFETY HEALTH ENVIRONMENT PUBLIC

REACTION SHE RISK LEVEL MATRIX

Cata-strophe 1

>R400m and/or 8 weeks

>5 Fatalities

May cause multiple deaths during short / long term exposure.

e.g. Confirmed carcinogens.

International exposure

International pressure

A

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Cata-strophe 2


<5 Fatalities

May cause death during short / long

term exposure. e.g. Confirmed carcinogens.

National exposure

National pressure

B

14 12 10 8 6 4 2

Cata-strophe 3


A fatal injury

Permanent health effects due to long term exposure of

normal use. Incapacitating and

poisonous. Requires special

handling

Regional exposure

Local pressure

C

21 18 15 12 9 6 3

Disaster >R50m and/or 2 weeks

Multiple disabling injuries

May cause irriverisble /

reversible health effects, not

permanent injury/ death.

Local exposure Severe local and national press

reaction D

28 24 20 16 12 8 4

Very Serious

>R25m and/or 1

week

Disabling injury

May cause irriverisble /

reversible health effects, not

permanent injury/ death. Cause

Within works site boundaries

Local press reaction

E

35 30 25 20 15 10 5



Page SW 65

considerable discomfort.

Serious >R10m and/or 2-6 days

Minor injury

Reversible health condition with subsequent complete recovery after extended period of absence.

Immediate area Minor local reaction

F

42 36 30 24 18 12 6

Important

>R1m or 1-2 days

First Aid Cause readily reversible tissue damage which disappear after exposure stops. Causes some discomfort.

Immediate area - minimal impact

Little internal reaction

G

49 42 35 28 21 14 7

Notable >R100000 and/or 2 hours

Incidents No harm via exposure of normal use. Harmful only due to over- whelming dose/ unusual conditions. Minor health effect with no lost time and complete recovery.

Immediate area - no impact

No reaction

H

56 48 40 32 24 16 8

C S H E B Priority 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

DESCRIPTION Virtually impossi

ble

Unlikely/Remot

e

Very Unlikely

Reasonably

Unlikely

Unlikely but

possible

Probable

Can be

expected

PROBABILITY

>1 in 100

years or more

One in 100

years or more

One in 50-100 years

One in 25-50 years

One in 15-25 years

One in 5-15 years

One in 1-5 years

PROBABILITY



Page SW 66

Figure 2: Compounded Risk Matrix The rows in the table represent the likely consequence of the hazard and the columns, the frequency of

occurrence. The scales for both quantities represent consistent progressions, able they qualitative. The risks evidently range from low to severe. Note that diagonals in the matrix represent hazards of like risk.

The table represents a typical risk matrix that need not necessarily be adapted by the Contractor/Engineer.

The Contractor/Engineer may use an alternative risk matrix provided that it is approved as part of his Health and Safety Plan.

4.4.4. Risk Evaluation

In this step the Contractor/Engineer is required to compare the assessed risk with similar risks previously experienced for the purpose of deciding how to treat the risk. A useful system approached for this purposed is as follows:

• If the assessed risk exceeds similar risks that have occurred in the past and that are considered to be unaccepted, the assessed risk would require treatment depending upon its magnitude as discussed in Section 4.4.5, or

• If the assessed risk exceeds similar historical risks that are acceptable, treatment of the assessed risk will depend on the extent by which it exceeds the historical risks, or

• If the assessed risk is less than historical risks that are unacceptable, treatment of the assessed risk will depend on the extent by which it is less than the historical risk, or

• If the assessed risk is less than historical risk that are acceptable, the assessed risk could also be acceptable and would not require any treatment.



Page SW 67

EXISTING CONTROL MEASURES

Risk no Risk

Existing Barriers/Control

Measures Effectivity Reference

Planned control measures

Action plan no

R1/R37 Electricution Lockout procedure ++ Nosa element

Earth leakage tests - 6 monthly + Nosa element

Portable electrical inspection - 3 monthly + Nosa element

Only qualified electricians conduct maintenance +

R2/38 Fire Fire training + Yearly refresher

Protection services on site +

R4/40 Equipment falling Prosedures in place +

PPE +

R 7 Explosion Training ++ Artisan

Risk based job observations

First Aid Box + Trained personnel

PPE +

R9 Fluid of burst pipe causing injury Training of personnel +

R15/51 Noise induced hearing loss 171 hearing scheduling +

PPE - Variphones +

Variphones calibrated yearly +

Safety signs +

Competent personnel +

Noise survey indicating low risk ?

R25/61 Medical unfitness - injury to personnel Red ticket - yearly + Medical station

Sick leave monitored + HR

Medical/Hygiene training ? Tilly's Tavern

Culture to ensure healthy collueges working +

R31 Fire, injury, damage to equipment Fire training + Yearly refresher


R 32 Can cause dermatitis Training ? A1

Control of liquids ++

Barrier cream avalible +

PPE +

R34 Other Illnesses Personnel policy - sick leave + `

R43 Fire/Explotion risk Fire training + Yearly refresher



Page SW 68


R45 Oil spills Trained personnel +

R46 Injury to personnel Training +

PPE +

R48

Injury : personnel/equipment damage - flying objects Training +

Demarcations +

Gaurds +

PPE +

R56 Transportation accidents/injuries Valid driving licences +

Yearly record keeping

Checklist filled in Weekly +

Service of vehicles +

Disciplinary action against recless driving +

Speed limit on site +

Communication with drivers +

R59 Injury to personnel through falls Lights available ? A2

PPE +

R60

Injury to personnel - manual handling/loads Competent personnel +

Limited load on the bakkie ?

PPE - gloves and safety shoes +

Use of crane when loading heavy samples +

R66 Time loss from injury (slips, trips, falls) PPE +

Trained personnel +

R71 Fire, injury, damage to equipment First aid boxes +

Trained first aiders +

Competent personnel +

R72 Liquids - injuries Procedures in place (OBML) +

MSDS +

PPE +

R73 Other illnesses Personnel policy - sick leave ?

Medical centre on site +

Legend (effectivity) A

Always effective / in place ++ Not effective -

Can’t fail + Failure guaranteed --



Page SW 69

4.4.5 Risk Treatment

In this step, the Contractor/Engineer selects and implements appropriate measures for dealing with risk. Typically measures comprise the following:

• Elimination by changing designs, procedures, management methods, etc, applicable to high frequency-high consequence risks, or

• Reduction by changing design, procedure, management methods, etc, applicable to high frequency-high consequence risks, or

• Minimization by changing designs, procedure, management methods, etc, applicable to high frequency-low consequence risks, or

• Transfer or share whole or part of the risk to another party by insurance, contractual arrangements or organization structures, applicable to low frequency-high consequence risks, or

• Control to ensure that risks do not increase applicable to low frequency-high consequence risks, or

• Retention together with provision of monitoring and personal protective equipment, applicable to low frequency-low consequence residual risks after reduction, or

• Acceptance without particular action other than provision of personal protective equipment, applicable to low frequency-low consequence risks,

The following principles enable the optimum treatment to the determined:

• Avoid risk altogether if possible by using different approaches, substances or methods of work,

• Combat risk at source rather than by adopting a secondary measure,

• Adapt work to the individual rather than the individual to the work, that is , in the design consider the people and their attributes that will operate the system

• Take advantage of technological and technical progress,

• Risk prevention measures must be part of a coherent policy and approach to the safety management that involves performance measurement, goal setting, feedback and analysis,

• Give preference to measures that protect the whole workforce,

• Communicate the logic pertaining to protection measures with those for whom the protection is provided to ensure that they understand how the protection works, and

• Ensure that measures to control risks are supported by all levels of the organization as single risk reduction initiatives invariably fail.



Page SW 70

ACTION PLAN

Action Plan No Activity Responsible Person Completion Date

A1 Training on hazardous chemicals

A2 Lights to be made up

BID No. NDWB 04/17/18: CONSTRUCTION OF SOKOMBO SPORTS FIELD IN WARD 10


Page SW 71

4.4.6 Reporting and Recording

The Constructor shall ensure that the risk assessment process is recorded in the form of a report and included in his Health and Safety Plan. The report should be easily accessible to the Contractor/Engineer’s employees, their representatives, to inspectors, the Employer or his Safety Agent and the Engineer. The essential contents of the report should be as follows:

• Aim and Objectives including the expected outcomes,

• Description of the works under assessment,

• Summary of context of study

• Composition of the risk assessment team, (including qualifications and relevant experience),

• Approach used to systematical identify risks,

• Identified risks (ranked in order of priority),

• Method adopted for assessing frequencies and consequences of risks,

• Consequences (ranked in order of magnitude),

• Identification of individuals and groups who may be affected by major hazards and risk and who may especially be at risk,

• Basis for defining safety standards to be achieved,

• Contractor/Engineer’s resources devoted to risk assessment;

• Action proposed to reduce unacceptably high risks,

• Review effectiveness of existing safety safety measures to control risks, and

• Implementation programme of selected 4.4.7 Monitoring and Review

It is necessary to monitor risks, the effectiveness of the risk treatment plan and the strategies and management system set up to control implementation. Control of the risk management program entails the setting of standards, monitoring actual performance, comparing the performance with the standards and correcting any deviations from the standard. Risks and the effectiveness of the control measures need to be monitored to ensure changing circumstances do not alter risk priorities. Few risks remain static. Ongoing review is essential to ensure that the management plan remains relevant. Factors that affect the likelihood and consequences of an outcome may change, as may factors that affect the suitability or cost of the various treatment options. If an accident occurs, or if more is learnt about the hazards in the workplace, the risk assessment may need to be reviewed or modified. Hazards may be observed that have not been anticipated or previously identified and which may require appropriate measures to be taken. After an accident has occurred, it is important to determine whether it was predicted, whether preventive measures were identified, and if so, why they did not work, whether the risk assessment is still suitable and sufficient if it failed to predict the accident, whether to the decision to accept a predicted risk as tolerable is still valid, why the accident occurred and what should be done to prevent similar accidents occurring again. It is therefore necessary to regularly repeat the risk management cycle, the time between reviews being dependent on the nature of the risks and the degree of change likely to take place in the work activity. Review is an integral part of the risk management treatment plan.

4.4.8 Communication and Consultation

The Contractor/Engineer will be required to communicate and consult internal and external stakeholders during each step of the risk assessment process. Stakeholders will include the Employer and his Safety Agent, the Employer and the Contractor/Engineer’s employees and consultants. Effective communication will ensure that those responsible for implementing the risk management process and those with vested interest, understand the basis on which decisions are made and why particular actions are taken. It will also ensure that the perceptions of all those involved are noted and accommodated during the process.



Page SW 72

5 RESOURCES 5.1 General

In this section of his Health and Safety Plan, the Contractor/Engineer will be required to state how he intends to comply with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and all its Regulations and related incorporated standards with regards to the resources and facilities intended for use on the Works.

5.2 Employees 5.2.1. Inspectors, Supervisors and Issuers

The Contractor/Engineer shall provide in his Health and Safety Plan his intended Staffing Organogram for the Works. The Organogram should include those inspectors, supervisors and issuers as envisaged in the Construction Regulations, 2003 required for the Works and any additional supervisory staff members as the Contractor/Engineer (having taken the scope of the Works into account) considers necessary. Copies of the supervisory staffs’curriculum vitae or portfolio of evidence and their appointment letters should be appended to the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan. The Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan should in addition cover at least the following aspects:

• The number of skilled, semi-skilled and skilled (including Foreman, Charge hands, Artisans, Operators, Drivers, Clerks, Storeman and Team Leaders) employees he intends employing on the Works.

• The health and safety training to be provided to the Contractor/Engineer’s employees.

• The programme of the health and safety training

• Systems for the review of the effectiveness of the training provided, and

• Systems to determine further training requirements throughout the construction period.

Pro-forma letters of appointment for the various inspectors, supervisors and issuers as contemplated in the Construction Regulations, 2003 are included in Annexure 1 to this specification for use by the Contractor/Engineer. The Contractor/Engineer shall ensure that he includes in his Health and Safety Plan the appointment letters for all his inspectors, supervisors and issuers appointed for the Works.

5.2.2 SubContractor/Engineer

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to the use of subContractor/Engineers on the Works and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matter in his Health and Safety Plan:

• The steps intended to ensure that his SubContractor/Engineers prepare, implement and maintain Health and Safety Plans.

• How health and safety information will be made available to his SubContractor/Engineers when changes are brought about to the design

• How he intends determining that his SubContractor/Engineers are registered and in good standing with the compensation fund or with a licensed compensation insurer prior to the commencement of the Works.

• How he intends determining if his SubContractor/Engineers have made provision in their tenders for the cost of health and safety measures during the construction of the Works.

• How he intends satisfying himself on the competencies and resources of SubContractor/Engineers he intends appointing, and

• How he intends ensuring that his SubContractor/Engineers perform risk assessments prior to commencing their respective portions of the Works.

5.2.3 Competencies



Page SW 73

The Contractor/Engineer shall establish if a person is competent to perform a certain duty or be appointed in a certain capacity by requesting all candidates to supply the required certificates of competency. Where certificates of competencies cannot be delivered, the Contractor/Engineer shall request a portfolio of evidence from the respective candidates. Contractor/Engineers should enquire from the South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA) regarding the qualifications required for appointment of competent persons.

5.3 Plant, Vehicles and Equipment 5.3.1. Suspended platform The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 15: Suspended platforms

Of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan.

• How he intends complying with SABS 1808 and SABS 1903,

• What systems he intends to use in order to ensure the safety of all suspended platforms,

• What tests will be performed to establish the safety of suspended platforms,

• How suspended platforms being used are to be maintained, and

• How the design, testing, maintenance and inspections of the suspended platforms will be documented.

5.3.2 Boatswains chairs

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulations 16: Boatswains chairs of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Explain what systems will be employed to ensure the safety of persons using boatswains chairs,

• Explain how boatswains chairs will be maintained,

• What tests will be performed to establish the safety boatswains chairs and

• Documentation of the design, testing, maintenance and inspection of the boatswains chairs.

5.3.3 Material hoists

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 17: Material Hoist, of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Proposed method to confirm the construction of the material hoists,

• Systems proposed to ensure the safety of all material hoists,

• Tests proposed to be performed to establish the safety of all material hoists,

• Maintenance methodology for material hoists being used, and

• Proposed documentation of the design, testing, maintenance and inspection of all material hoists and

• Safety procedures and precautions that are envisaged to ensure safe operation of the material hoists

5.3.4 Batch Plants The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 18: Batch plants of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan:



Page SW 74

• System proposed to ensure the safety of all batch plants,

• Maintenance methodology for the batch plants in use, and

• Proposed documentation of the design, testing, maintenance and inspections of batch plants in use.

5.3.5 Explosive Powered Tools

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 19: Explosive powered tools, of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan:

• Control methodology for issue of explosives powered tools,

• Proposed safety procedures to be implemented prior to use of explosive powered tools, and

• Proposed safety measures to be implemented for the use of explosive powered tools.

5.3.6 Cranes

This section of the specification shall be read in conjunction with the provisions of the Drive Machinery Regulations, 1988. The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 20: Cranes, of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Proposed incorporation of environmental factors in the use of cranes,

• Systems proposed to ensure the safety of all cranes in use,

• Maintenance methodology to be employed for cranes,

• Proposed tests to be performed to establish the safety of all cranes in use,

• Safety procedures and precautions envisage to ensure the safe operation of all cranes in use,

• Proposed documentation of the design, testing, maintenance and inspection of all cranes in use, and

• The Contractor/Engineer shall prove compliance to the Driven Machinery Regulation, 1988, with reference to the lifting tackle being used with cranes.

5.3.7 Construction vehicles and mobile plant

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 21: Construction vehicles and mobile plant of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Proposed methodology to ensure that construction vehicles and mobile plat are: o Of acceptable design and construction, o Maintained and in good working order o Used according to design specification, and o Are protected from falling into excavations, water or areas lower than the working

surface

• Methodology to ensure that workers are trained, authorized and physically fit to operate construction vehicles and mobile plant,

• The traffic arrangement and safety precautions to be implemented to ensure safe operation of construction vehicles and mobile plant on the Works, and

• Proposals to safeguard employees construction vehicles and mobile plant moving on the construction site.



Page SW 75

5.3.8 Electrical Installation and Machinery on construction sites

This section of the specification shall be read in conjunction with the provisions contained in the Electrical Installation Regulations, 1993. The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 22: Electrical Installation and machinery on construction sites of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Safeguards to be employed to protect employees from the potential hazards electrical cables or apparatus under, over or on site, and

• Methodology to be employed to ensure that electrical installation are of adequate strength to withstand working conditions on a construction site.

5.3.9 Ladders

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 13A of General Safety Regulations and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Methodology to be employed to ensure that ladders used are safe and constructed of materials approved for its intended use, and

• Precautions to be taken to ensure the stability of ladders in use. GPS 6 MATERIALS 6.1 General

In this section of his Health and Safety Plan, the Contractor/Engineer will be required to state how he intends to comply with the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and all its regulations and related incorporated standards with regards to the design, supply, storage and erection of material used for the temporary and permanent Works.

6.2 Fall Protection Equipment

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 23: Fall Protection equipment of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan:

• How the fall protection plan will be compiled,

• How the fall protection plan will be implemented and maintained,

• How employees will be screened and declared medically fit to work in areas where fall protection equipment is required,

• How the safeguarding of persons, plant, vehicles, equipment and facilities on the construction site is contemplated,

• How a continuous assessment of the situation will be executed,

• How fall protection equipment will be inspected for safety, and

• How corrective actions will be implemented. 6.3 Scaffolding

The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 14: Scaffolding of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan:

• How compliant with SABS 085 will be ensured,

• How scaffolding in use will b maintained,



Page SW 76

• What systems are intended to ensure the safety of scaffolding used, and

• What tests will be performed to establish the safety of scaffolding used. 6.4 Use and temporary storage of flammable liquids on construction sites

This section of the specification shall be read in conjunction with the provisions for the use and storage of flammable goods as determined in the General Safety Regulations. The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 23: Use and temporary storage of flammable liquids on construction sites of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• How flammable liquids will be stored to minimize the risk of fire or explosions,

• How the Contractor/Engineer will identify a flammable store,

• What safety precautions will be employed if ventilation of flammable stores is not possible,

• How access to flammable stores will be controlled,

• How empty vessels used for the storage of flammable liquids will be disposed of,

• What quantity of flammable liquids will be stored on the construction site,

• What systems are intended to ensure the safe storage of flammable liquids, and

• What retaining methods will be used to prevent the spreading of any spilling. 6.5 Stacking and Storage

This section of the specification shall be read in conjunction with the provisions for the stacking of articles contained in the General Safety Regulations. The Contractor/Engineer shall with reference to Regulation 26: stacking and storage on construction sites of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Who will supervise the stacking and storage of materials on site, and

• What systems are intended to ensure the safe stacking and storage of materials on site. 6.6 Personnel Safety Equipment and Facilities

The Contractor/Engineer shall comply with Section 2 of the General Safety Regulations, and shall in particular provide all necessary personal protective equipment for his personnel for the duration of the construction period. To this end the Contractor/Engineer shall without limiting his obligations indicate in his Health and Safety Plan:

• The type of personnel safety equipment he will provide,

• Method of issuing personal safety equipment to his employees, and

• How he will maintain the personal safety equipment issued. 6.7 First Aid, Emergency Equipment and Procedures

The Contractor/Engineer shall with Section 3 of General Safety Regulations regarding first aid, emergency equipment and procedures.

GPS 7 CATEGORIES OF WORK

In this section of his Health and Safety Plan, the Contractor/Engineer will be required to state how he intends to comply with the requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and all its regulations and related incorporated standards with regards to the execution of the following categories of work.



Page SW 77

7.1 General

The Contractor/Engineer shall, without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Health and Safety Plan:

7.1.1 Construction welfare facilities

Contractor/Engineer will be required to adhere to Regulation 28: Construction welfare facilities of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The regulation must be read in conjunction with the provisions of the Facilities Regulations, 1990 (as ammended) and SANS 0400.

The Contractor/Engineer must address the following in detail in his safety plan:

• Proposed method to be employed to quantify the facilities required for employees to shower, change, eat and attend to sanitary needs,

• Proposals for accommodating employees who are working far from their place of residence.

7.1.2 Environmental regulations for workplaces

The Contractor/Engineer shall comply with the Environmental Regulations for Workplaces, 1987, and shall address the following aspects as described in the regulations in his Health and Safety Plan:

• Thermal requirements,

• Lighting,

• Windows,

• Ventilation,

• Housekeeping,

• Noise and hearing conservation,

• Precautions against flooding, and

• Fire precautions and means of egress.

7.1.3 House keeping on construction sites

Contractor/Engineers will be required to adhere to Construction Regulation 25: Housekeeping on construction sites, of the Construction Regulations, 2003. This regulation must be read in conjunction with the provisions of the Environmental Regulations for Workplaces, 1987 (as amended). The Contractor/Engineer must discuss the following in detail in his safety plan:

• Proposed methodology to ensure the neatness of construction sites

• What measures does the Contractor/Engineer envisage to o Store and/or stack materials, o Remove debris from site, o Prevent unauthorized entrance to site o Protect employees or passers-by from falling objects

7.1.4 Fire precaution on construction site

Contractor/Engineers will be required to adhere to Construction Regulation 27: Fire precautions on construction sites, of the Construction Regulations, 2003.



Page SW 78

This regulation must read in conjunction with provisions of the Environmental Regulations for Workplaces, 1987 (as amended). The Contractor/Engineer must discuss the following in detail in his safety plan:

• How the Contractor/Engineer will minimize the risk of fire on the site

• Procedure for identification of potential fire hazards

• What prohibitions the Contractor/Engineer will employ to mange risk areas

• How may employees the Contractor/Engineer will train in fire fighting

• What organization the Contractor/Engineer envisage to use to combat fires on sites

• What precautions and procedures will be followed to evacuate employees in the event of a fire. 7.1.5 Water Environments

Contractor/Engineers will be required to adhere to Construction Regulation 24: Water Environments, of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The Contractor/Engineer must discuss the following in detail in his safety plan:

• What precautions will the Contractor/Engineer take to identify dangers where employees may fall into water

• What safety procedure and equipment will the Contractor/Engineer implement to safeguard employees working at water environments

7.1.6 Structures

The Contractor/Engineers will be required to adhere to Construction Regulation 9: Structures, of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The Contractor/Engineer must discuss the following in detail in his safety plan:

• Explain what controls will be implemented or precaution will be taken to prevent structures from collapsing during construction,

• The Contractor/Engineer shall indicate what steps will be taken to ensure that structures or parts thereof will not be loaded in such a manner that it may collapse, and

• What procedures will the Contractor/Engineer implement in order to obtain relevant data on structure before commencement of construction work.

7.1.7 Watching, barricading and lighting

The Contractor/Engineers will be required to adhere to regulations 11.3.(i) and 11.3.(l) of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The Contractor/Engineer is to discuss the following in detail in his safety plan in respect of any excavation or other dangerous activity adjacent to public roads and thoroughfares:

• Type of barrier or fencing to be used,

• Type and spacing of warning lights and warning signs, and

• Control systems and personnel he intends employing to ensure that the above items are maintained.

7.2 Site Clearance

The Contractor/Engineer shall, without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan:



Page SW 79

7.2.1 Demolition work

The Contractor/Engineers will be required to adhere to regulation12: Demolition work, of the Construction Regulations, 2003. The Contractor/Engineer shall discuss the following in detail in his safety plan:

• Briefly explain how people and property will be safeguarded during and after demolition works

• Briefly explain how he will identify and protect staff from possible dangerous situations

• Discuss the methods proposed to safeguard the public, employees and property against harm during demolition works

• Discuss the type of equipment envisaged for demolition work

7.3 Earthworks

The Contractor/Engineer shall, without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan under this category of work:

7.3.1 Excavation work

The Contractor/Engineers will be required to adhere to regulation11: Excavation work, of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

The Contractor/Engineer shall discuss the following in detail in his safety plan:

• Methodology to establish the stability of ground prior to excavations,

• The steps the Contractor/Engineer will follow to ensure that bolstering, shoring and bracing is sufficient to ensure the safety of excavation, and

• The steps the Contractor/Engineer will follow to ensure the equipment used to safeguard an excavation is adequate and safe.

7.4 Concrete Work

The Contractor/Engineer shall, without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan under this category of work:

7.4.1 Formwork and support work

The Contractor/Engineers will reference to regulation10: Formwork and support work, of the Construction Regulations, 2003, and without limiting his obligations, cover at least the following matters in his Heath and Safety Plan:

• Methodology for the design of formwork and support work will be carried out,

• Methodology for the management of the erection of formwork and support work,

• Mythology for the continuous assessment of the safety of formwork,

• How the loading of formwork and support work will be managed or limited, and

• Documentation of the recording of the above processes. 7.5 Pipes

The Contractor/Engineer shall comply with Section 9 of the General Safety Regulations, with regards to welding, flame cutting, grinding, soldering or similar operations associated with pipework. The Contractor/Engineer shall comply with Section 5 of the General Safety Regulations, with regards to work in confined spaces.



Page SW 80

8. ADMINISTRATION 8.1 General

The Contractor/Engineer shall describe in his Heath and Safety Plan how he intends implementing his plan. The contactor shall indicate the method he intends using to ensure accurate record keeping of all critical elements identified in his risk assessment and covered in his Health and Safety Plan. The Contractor/Engineer shall indicate his proposal for carrying out internal audits, addressing shortcomings, reviewing the safety plan, identifying and satisfying staff training needs and implementing the findings and recommendation of internal audits or inputs of employees.

8.2 Administrative Systems

The Contractor/Engineer shall comply with Section 9 of the General Administrative Regulations, 1996. The Contractor/Engineer’s administrative systems shall without limiting his obligations, cover the following:

• Maintain a comprehensive safety file on site

• Maintenance of his Health and Safety Plan,

• Procedures to follow for the appointment of competent persons,

• Application for permits,

• Procedures to follow for notifications,

• Injury on duty [IOD] administration,

• Recording of minutes of safety meetings,

• Recording of checklists,

• Safe keeping of checklists, and

• Internal audits.

The Contractor/Engineer shall in particular ensure that at least one copy of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and its Regulations is available for every 20 employees employed.

8.3 Reporting System

The Contractor/Engineer shall comply with Section 9 of the General Administrative Regulations, 1996. and shall in particular (in accordance with section 12) furnish an inspector with information relating to health and safety on the construction site, when requested to do so. The Contractor/Engineer shall notify the Employer of any investigations, complaint or criminal charge which may arise as a consequence of the provision of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and Regulations, pursuant to work performed in terms of this Contract.

8.4 Training

The Contractor/Engineer shall train all his employees in accordance with the requirements of section 13 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993. The Contractor/Engineer shall ensure that every employee is informed of the following:

• The hazards of any work he has to perform or plant machinery or equipment he is permitted to use, and

• The precautionary measures which should be taken regarding the above.

The Contractor/Engineer shall, without limiting his obligations, indicate in his Health and Safety Plan how he intends:



Page SW 81

• Identifying the training needs of personnel he intends employing, and

• Implementing the training identified. 8.5 Inspections and Monitoring

The contactor shall be required to inspect each workplace prior to works commencing to ensure that all protective equipment is in place and that by entering the workplace no person will be exposed to any hazard which could affect his health or safety. The Contractor/Engineer shall without limiting his obligations, indicate the following in his Health and Safety Plan:

• The inspection and monitoring procedure he intends employing to determine the safety of workplaces, and

• Who will be responsible for the checking of each workplace at the commencement of each shift.

The Contractor/Engineer shall include in his Health and Safety Plan all the checklists he intends using during the inspection and monitoring of the implementation of his Health and Safety Plan. The Contractor/Engineer can expect inspections of the works by any of the following parties:

• The employer or Safety agent, or

• The designated officer serving in the Department of Manpower and appointed by the Minister as chief inspector or his representative.

The inspection performed by the Employer or his Safety Agent will be to audit and assess the safety situation at the works or to investigate incidents. Follow-up inspections will be performed to ensure compliance to recommendations done. Inspections by the Chief inspector or his representative will be by appointment and the purpose would be to investigate complaints received by the Inspector or to investigate serious incidents. The Chief Inspector or his representative may issue prohibition notices to stop the activities at the works until the situation investigated has been resolved or he may issue an improvement notice whereby the Contractor/Engineer will have a period to rectify any hazard identified by the inspector.

GPS 9 AUDITING 9.1 Internal Audits

The audits contemplated in regulation 4.(1)(d) of the Construction Regulations, 2003 will be carried out by a committee consisting of the following persons:

• The Construction Health and Safety Officer,

• The Construction Supervisor Officer,

• The Health and Safety Representative, and

• The Employer or the Safety Agent The intervals for the audits shall be agreed between the Contractor/Engineer and the Employer or Safety Agent during the preparation of the Construction Health and Safety Officer submitted to the parties within three working days of the respective audit being completed. Any shortfalls identified will be documented in the audit report together with the Contractor/Engineer’s proposals to rectify the same. All audit reports will be filed in the Health and Safety File. A follow-up audit will be carried out within five working days of the initial audit being carried out to confirm the Contractor/Engineer’s rectification of the shortfall.



Page SW 82

The Contractor/Engineer will ensure that the same arrangement detailed above be implemented with his Contractor/Engineers to ensure his compliance with the Construction Regulations and contemplated in regulation 5.(3)©. The audits described above only constitute partial compliance by the Employer or the Safety Agent with regulation 4.(1)© of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

9.2 Audits by Employer or Safety Agent

The Employer or Safety Agent will be entitled to carry out additional audits or follow-up audits, as the case may be, any time during the construction period provided that:

i) The audit or follow-up audit are carried out during ordinary working hours, and ii) The Employer or Safety Agent gives the Contractor/Engineer at least 24 hours

notice of his intention to carry out such audits. The Contractor/Engineer’s employees indicated in Section 9.1 will be present during any audit carried out by the Employer or his Safety Agent.

10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 10.1 Measurement and Payment 10.1.1 The scheduled items for health and safety will be included in the preliminary and general section of

the schedule of quantities. Measurement will be in terms of Clause 8.1.2 of SABS 1200 A. 10.1.2 The Contractor/Engineer shall price all items scheduled in this section of the schedule of quantities

to enable the Employer to comply with clause 4.1.(h) of the Construction Regulations, 2003. Failure by the Contractor/Engineer to price these items will force the Employer to reject the Contractor/Engineer’s tender in terms of clause 4.(4) of the Construction Regulations, 2003.

10.1.3 Payment for the scheduled items will be in terms of clause 8.2 of SABS 1200 A. 10.2 Scheduling Items 10.2.1 Fixed-Charge Items

a) Preparation of Health and Safety Plan…………………… Unit: Sum The sum shall cover all costs involved in the preparing the Health and Safety Plan (which includes the risk assessment0, which shall include the preparation of all permit applications and notifications as required by this specification and shall include the employment cost of all health and safety personnel employed for the preparation of the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and Safety Plan.

b) Health and Safety Training………………………………… Unit: sum The sum shall cover all costs involved in preparation of all the necessary Health and Safety Induction Training materials required from the training of the Contractor/Engineer’s employees, SubContractor/Engineers and all visitors to the Works.

c) Personal Protective Clothing and equipment……………... Unit: Sum

The sum shall cover all costs involved in the initial provision of all personal protective clothing and equipment for the Contractor/Engineer’s employees and SubContractor/Engineers and any visitors to the Works, as required by this specification (which includes the requirements of the Occupational health and Safety Act, 1993 and its regulations, as amended)

d) Fences, Signs and Barricades……………………………… Unit: Sum



Page SW 83

The sum shall cover all costs involved in the initial provision of all fences, signs and barricades necessary for the protection of all persons, plant, vehicles, equipment or facilities, as required by this specification (which includes the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 and its regulations, as amended)

e) Establishment of Safety Administration…………………… Unit: Sum

The sum shall cover all costs involved in establishment of all administrative matters required by this specification which shall include, but not be limited to, the establishment of the Health and Safety File.

f) Other Health and safety Fixed-charge Obligations………… Unit: Sum The sum shall cover the fixed costs of all other obligations that are required for the safe execution of the Works in accordance with the requirements of this specification and that are not specifically covered in 10.2.1(a),(b),(c),(d) or (e).

10.2.2 Time-Related Items

a) Implementation and maintenance of Health and Safety Plan….. Unit: Sum

The sum shall cover all costs involved in the implementation and maintenance of the Health and Safety Plan. This shall include but shall not be limited to the following:

1) The employment cost of all health and safety personnel including consultants, health and safety officers, inspectors, supervisors and issuers required in terms of the Contractor/Engineer’s Health and safety Plan,

2) Updating the Health and safety Plan as needed. 3) Carrying out of periodic audits and follow-up audits, 4) Compilation of ongoing risk assessments and risk assessment reports as are required by

the Works, 5) Convening of regular safety meetings with the Safety Representatives, 6) Accompanying and supporting the Employer or his Safety Agent during ad hoc audits, 7) Compilation of monthly safety reports and statistics for the Employer or his Safety Agent.

b) Implementation and maintenance of Training………………………… Unit: Sum

The sum shall cover all costs involved in the implementation of the induction training of the Contractor/Engineer’s employees, SubContractor/Engineers and all visitors to the Works.

c) Maintenance of Personal Protective Clothing and Equipment…………. Unit: Sum The sum shall cover all costs involved in maintenance, repair or replacement of personal protective clothing required by the Contractor/Engineer’s employees or SubContractor/Engineers and all visitors to the Works.

d) Maintenance of Fences, Signs and Barricades………………………….. Unit: Sum The sum shall cover all costs involved in maintenance, repair or replacement for whatever reason of fences, signs and barricades used for the Works. The rate shall include for the provision of security guards for the safeguarding of the items provided should this be necessary.

e) Implementation and maintenance of Safety Administration…………… Unit: Sum The sum shall cover all costs involved in establishment of all administrative matters required by his specification which shall include, but not limited to, the maintenance of the Health and Safety File or the completion and recording of the safety check lists required by this specification.

f) Other Health and Safety Time-related Obligations…………………… Unit: Sum The sum shall cover the time-related costs of all other obligations that are required for the proper execution of the Works in accordance with the requirements of this specification and that are not specifically covered in 10.2.2(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e).



Page SW 84

Contractor/Engineer Witness 1 Witness 2 Employer Witness 1 Witness2

Contractor/Engineer Witness 1 Witness 2 Employer Witness 1 Witness2



Page SW 85

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION: PES

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATION

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME (EMPr): INSERT ATTACHMENT

The Contractor/Engineer shall be required to implement an Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) that is appended below, and as prepared by the Environmental Practitioner. The EMPr outlines measures to be implemented in order to minimize potential adverse environmental impacts that may be associated with construction activities. The Contractor/Engineer shall familiarize himself and his staff with the requirements of the EMPr which provides guidelines on their roles and responsibilities concerning environmental management on site.

The Contractor/Engineer shall ensure that the following specific issues/activities are adhered to during construction and decommissioning of the project:

1 The Contractor/Engineer shall ensure that provisions of the following legislations are adhered to

National Environmental Management Act No. 107 of 1998 National Heritage Resources Act No. 25 of 1999 Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993 National Forests Act No. 84 of 1998, National Veld and Forest Fire Act, No.101 of 1998, National water Act, No.36of 1998 Hazardous Substances Act, 1973

2 The Contractor/Engineer shall:

1. Protect the Integrity of the Ecosystem within the project area. 2. Protect slopes and avoid erosion of soil 3. Ensure that the Health and Safety of communities, residents, individuals are protected 4. Ensure that sound environmental principles are followed whilst establishing access to the site if

necessary 5. Undertake careful planning of the construction camp, if necessary, to ensure that time and costs

associated with environmental management and rehabilitation are reduced 6. Ensure that establishment of the campsite, and related temporary works does not result in

reduction in air quality 7. Ensure that storage areas for machinery and hazardous materials (if any) are carefully planned and

managed, to reduce the potential for environmental pollution and harm to people 8. Ensure that materials are sourced in a legal and sustainable way to prevent off-site environmental

degradation. 9. Ensure that construction work force or any group of people associated with the constructor’s

activities is made aware of their environmental obligations before the project begins. 10. Ensure that unnecessary destruction of vegetation during construction activities on site does not

occur. 11. Ensure that correct disposal of substances and materials and polluted run-off occurs so as to

lesson negative effects on groundwater quality 12. Ensure that alien plants on site are removed 13. Ensure that care is taken to conserve existing plant and animal life on and surrounding the site 14. Take notice of the needs and wishes of those living or working adjacent to the site. Failure to do

say can cause disruption to work and increase costs in the form of delays. 15. Ensure that the main causes of air pollution which are dust from vehicle movements and stockpiles,

vehicle emissions and fires are kept to the minimum 16. Ensure that construction activities that may result in diversions of natural water flow resulting in

concentration of flow and increase in the erosive potential of the water are reduced and planned properly



Page SW 86

17. Ensure that correct handling of substances and materials occur so that water quality is not affected. Soil erosion and sediment is also detrimental to water quality. Mismanagement of polluted run-off from vehicle and plant washing and wind dispersal of dry materials into rivers and watercourses are detrimental to water quality

18. The Contractor/Engineer shall maintain regular communication between and Interested and Affected Parties (I&AP’s) is important for the duration of the contract.

19. The Contractor/Engineer shall undertake rehabilitation of the construction areas as follows:

• All surfaces hardened due to construction activities are to be ripped and imported materials thereon removed.

• All rubble is to be removed from the site to and approved disposal site as approved by the Engineer. Burying of rubble onsite is prohibited.

• The site is to be cleared of all litter.

• Surfaces are to be checked for waste products form activities such as concreting or asphalting and cleared in a manner approved by the ECO/Engineer.

• All embankments are to be trimmed, shaped and replanted to the satisfaction of the ECO/Engineer.

• Borrow pits are to be closed and rehabilitated in accordance with the Department of Minerals and Energy Affairs approved management plan for each borrow pit. The Contractor/Engineer shall liaise with the Engineer regarding these requirements.

• The Contractor/Engineer is to check that all watercourses are free from building rubble, spoil materials and waste materials.

• Temporary roads must be closed and access across these rehabilitated.

• Access or haulage roads that were built across watercourses must be rehabilitated by removing temporary bridges and any other materials placed in / or near to watercourses. Re-vegetation of banks or streambeds must be as necessary to stabilize these and must be approved by the ECO/Engineer.

• All areas where temporary services were installed are to be rehabilitated to the satisfaction of the ECO and the Engineer.

In the spirit of commitment to sound environmental management, the Contractor/Engineer shall develop an environmental policy statement with a clear management commitment which should be displayed on site or produced on demand and of which the Contractor/Engineer’s work force must be aware. At the close of site activities and prior to handover, the Contractor/Engineer shall make his work available for an environmental audit. The result of which shall be credited to rating which provides an indication of the Contractor/Engineer’s environmental commitment and which will be taken into account in future tender adjudications. NB: Detailed EMPr Specification is attached herein.

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF SOKOMBO

SPORTSFIELD WITHIN WARD 10, NDWEDWE LOCAL MUNICIPALITY, KZN PROVINCE

EMPr: Sokombo Sportsfield

Ndwedwe Local Municipality 1

9/22/2017

Thlaho Environmental

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION COMPILED BY

PHILANI MHLONGO 3 YEAR EXPERIENCE

STHEMBILE NGCOBO MOLEFE 10 YEARS EXPERIENCE

The details of project Applicant

Table 1: The Developer

Name of Applicant Ndwedwe Local Municipality

Environmental Consultants

HT Consulting Engineers on behalf of Maphumulo Local Municipality has appointed Thlaho Environmental Consultants as the Independent Environmental Assessment Practitioner (EAP) to compile the EMPr.

Table 2: Environmental Assessment Practitioner

Name of Consultancy Thlaho Environmental Consultants

Contact Person Sthembile Ngcobo Molefe

Experience in the field 10 years

Tertiary Education University of KwaZulu- Natal

Qualifications BA Environmental Management and Development Studies (UKZN)

Postal Address P.O.BOX 2828, Pinetown, 3600

Telephone Number 031 703 1154

Fax Number 086 517 5 202

Mobile Number 072 752 3755

Email [email protected]

LEGAL CONTEXT



9/22/2017


A growing awareness of the environment and an increase in the number of environmental laws and regulations, present company management with a daunting task of monitoring, interpreting and implementing systems to produce a workable plan to comply with legal requirements. The list below was compiled to ensure that the person responsible for the activities of the proposed project is aware of his/ her legal responsibilities and liabilities. Completing with these laws and regulations will minimise the risks in terms of legal, financial (claims) and rehabilitation costs. Non-compliance to environmental law is a criminal offence and if prosecuted the Developer will be liable for any environmental damage incurred.

List of Legislation

ACT NAME ACT NO. NOTES/ REMARKS

National Environmental Management Act

107 of 1998 List of activities and competent authorities

Conservation of Agricultural Resource Act

43 of 1983 Control of utilisation and protection of wetlands, soil conservation, control and prevention of veld

fires, control of weeds and invader plants.

National Environmental Management Act: Waste Act, 2008.

59 of 2008 Protect health and the environment by providing reasonable measures for the prevention of

pollution and ecological degradation and for securing ecologically sustainable development.

Fencing Act 31 of 1963 Prohibition of damage to a property owner’s gates and fences.

Climbing or crawling over or through fences without permission

Veld and Forest Fires Act 101 of 1998 Prevention of unauthorised veld and forest fires

Occupation Health and Safety Act 85 of 1993 Prescribes health and safety measures necessary to adhere to for all construction

workers

National Water Act 36 of 1998 All aspects relating to pollution of surface and ground water

Hazardous Substances Act 15 of 1973 Diesel and Fuel storage in an appropriate manner

Biodiversity Act 10 of 2004 Protected species

Selected Provincial Legislation

KwaZulu Natal Heritage Act Act No. 10 of 1997

Development Facilitation Act Act No. 67 of 1995

KZN Planning and Development Act Act No. 5 of 1998

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Environmental Consultants ........................................................................................................................... 1 1. INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................... 4



9/22/2017


2. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME (EMPR) ................................................................. 2 2.1. Scope of the EMPr ........................................................................................................................ 2

3. ACTIVITIES AND ASPECTS CAUSING IMPACTS ................................................................................. 2 4. ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................. 2

4.1. The Project Proponent / Project Manager ..................................................................................... 2 4.2. The site Manager/ Engineers ........................................................................................................ 2 4.3. The Contractor .............................................................................................................................. 3 4.4. The Environmental Control Officer (ECO) will: .............................................................................. 3 Construction Phase EMPr .......................................................................................................................... 11

4.4.1. Administrative and Legal Requirements ........................................................................... 11 4.4.2. No-Go Areas ..................................................................................................................... 14 4.4.3. Site Establishment ............................................................................................................ 14 4.4.4. Access to Construction Site .............................................................................................. 16 4.4.5. Equipment, Vehicle Maintenance Yard and Secured Storage Areas ................................ 16 4.4.6. Materials Management – Sourcing and Maintenance ....................................................... 20 4.4.7. Education of site Staff on General Environmental Conduct .............................................. 21 4.4.8. Fire Management .............................................................................................................. 22 4.4.9. Conservation of Resource................................................................................................. 23 4.4.10. Pollution Control Measures ............................................................................................... 23 4.4.11. Solid Waste Management ................................................................................................. 25 4.4.12. Erosion and Sedimentation Management ......................................................................... 27 4.4.13. Water Management........................................................................................................... 27 4.4.14. Air Quality ......................................................................................................................... 28 4.4.15. Noise ................................................................................................................................. 28 4.4.16. Protection of Fauna and Flora ........................................................................................... 29 4.4.17. Areas of Specific Importance ............................................................................................ 29 4.4.18. Public and Workforce Safety ............................................................................................. 30 4.4.19. Labour, Safety and Community ......................................................................................... 31 4.4.20. Social Impacts ................................................................................................................... 32 4.4.2.3 Rehabilitation .................................................................................................................... 32

5. ENVIRONMENTAL CODE OF CONDUCT ............................................................................................ 34 6. CONCLUSION ....................................................................................................................................... 38 7. IMPORTANT NUMBERS ....................................................................................................................... 39

TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

DWS - Department of Water and Sanitation DEDTEA - Department of Economic Development Tourism and Environmental Affairs EMPr - Environmental Management Programme ECO - Environmental Control Officer



9/22/2017


1. INTRODUCTION

Thlaho Environmental Consultants has been appointed by High-Tech Consulting Engineers onbehalf of

Ndwedwe Local Municipality, to undertake the environmental services required for the proposed construction

works associated with the construction of Sokombo Sportsfield located in Ward 10 within Ilembe District

Municipalities.



9/22/2017


The site comprised an open portion of undeveloped ground surrounded by residential sites. The open portion

of ground serves as a sports field, albeit no formal structures or site levelling has been undertaken. The site

is approximately square in shape and has no fence.

The community of Sokombo was identified Ndwedwe Local Municipality to qualify for the provision of a

sports field including associated facilities i.e. Change rooms and ablution facilities. The main aim of the

project was to address the lack in service provision i.e. sport facilities within the area. There are no adequate

sports field facilities within the area.

The proposed project will comprise of the following:

• Construction of a Football Turf

• Construction of a spectator grandstand

• Grading of a gravel athletic track

• Construction of the Concrete Palisade Wall Fencing

• Electrification of the facility (Ablution and change room facility)

• Installation of Floodlights

• Installation of a turf irrigation system

• Construction of Combi-Court

• Construction of the tennis field

• Construction of the security/ticket booth

Sewer

The applicant proposed to use a conservancy tank, no treatment system in the vicinity. The septic tank will

be maintained by the municipality.

2. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME (EMPR)

In terms of The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa (Act No. 108 of 1996) everyone has the right to an environment that is not harmful to their health or well-being and to have the environment protected, for benefit of present and future generations, through reasonable legislation and other measures that prevent pollution and ecological degradation, promote conservation and secure ecologically sustainable development and use of natural resources while promoting justifiable economic and social development. The needs of the environment as well as affected parties should thus be integrated into overall project management. This site-specific EMPr details permissible and non-permissible activities during the construction, operational and maintenance phases of the said project.

2.1. Scope of the EMPr

In accordance with the requirements of the NEMA Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulations, 2014, and the requirements of the Department of Economic Development, Tourism and Environmental Affairs (edtea), KwaZulu-Natal Province, this EMPr is to be implemented by the Developer/ Applicant as well as any employee, contractor, agent or sub-contractor appointed to act on behalf of the Developer/Applicant in the execution of the project, in order to ensure environmental compliance on site. The specifications outlined in this EMPr are thus applicable to all activities undertaken by the Developer/Applicant as well as appointed contractors and all persons involved in the execution of the works including sub-contractors, the workforce, suppliers and volunteers for the duration of construction, operation and future maintenance.



9/22/2017


An Environmental Code of Conduct (Section 6) has also been developed that provides a simplified set of rules that should be adhered to by all persons involved with the project at all times. This is to be displayed at strategic points where it will invoke constant environmental awareness.

3. ACTIVITIES AND ASPECTS CAUSING IMPACTS

Potential negative environmental impacts that may occur during the construction and operational phases of the proposed project could include:

▪ environmental pollution; ▪ soil erosion; ▪ visual disturbance; ▪ destruction of natural vegetation; ▪ pollution of beach via storm water channels; ▪ restriction of access; ▪ reduction of air quality; ▪ noise pollution; ▪ negative social impacts; e.g., disruption of traffic and restriction of livelihood opportunities.

In order to minimise these impacts, care must be taken with, inter alia, the disposal of waste, spillage, storage, noise and dust control, selection of sites, preservation and re-establishment of indigenous vegetation and sediment management and the demarcation of sensitive areas. All of the above will be dealt with in this EMPr. With regard to environmental pollution please note that all waste produced during the construction period must be removed and disposed of at a near licensed landfill site. In terms of part 6 section 26 (NEMWA 59 of 2008) No person may dispose of waste in a manner that is likely to cause pollution of the environment or harm to health and well-being. Waste must not be buried or burnt on site.

4. ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES

This section indicates the party responsible for implementing the environmental measures and action plans laid out in the EMPr. Formal responsibilities are necessary to ensure that key procedures are executed. Specific responsibilities of the Project Proponent, Project Manager, Site Manager/Engineer, Contractor/Operator and Environmental Control Officer are as detailed below.

4.1. The Project Proponent / Project Manager

▪ Ensure that the Site Manager/Engineer and the Contractor/Operator are aware of all specifications, legal constraints, standards and procedures pertaining to the project specifically with regard to the environment;

▪ Ensure that all stipulations within the EMPr are communicated and adhered to by the Site Manager/Engineer and the Contractor/Operator; and

▪ Monitor the implementation of the EMPr throughout the project. The Project Manager should be fully conversant with the EMPr for the project, as well as all applicable environmental legislation.

4.2. The site Manager/ Engineers

▪ Be fully conversant with the EMPr; ▪ Be fully conversant with all environmental legislation and ensure compliance; ▪ Have overall responsibility for the implementation of the EMPr;



9/22/2017


▪ Liaise with the Project Manager and Contractor/Operator on matters concerning the environment; ▪ Prevent actions that will harm or may cause harm to the environment, and take steps to prevent

pollution of the site; ▪ Implement remedial measures in the event of pollution incidents or environmental impacts; ▪ Monitor and verify that environmental impacts are kept to a minimum; ▪ Review and approve construction methods where necessary; and ▪ Order the removal of any person(s) and/or equipment in contravention of the specifications of the

EMPr.

4.3. The Contractor

▪ Be fully conversant with the EMPr; ▪ Ensure that the environmental specifications of this document (including any revisions, additions or

amendments) are effectively implemented. This includes the on-site implementation of steps to mitigate environmental impacts;

▪ Ensure that suitable records are kept and that the appropriate documentation is available to the Project Manager;

▪ Advice the Project Manger of any incidents or emergencies on site, together with a record of action taken;

▪ Ensure quality in all work done, technical and environmental; ▪ Resolve problems and claims arising from damage immediately to ensure a smooth flow of

operations; ▪ Be fully conversant with all environmental legislation and ensure compliance; ▪ Ensure that all the environmental specifications contained within this EMPr are adhered to at the

site; ▪ Regularly liaise with the Site Manager on matters relating to the environment; ▪ Confine activities to the demarcated construction site, and ▪ Use this Environmental Management Programme for the benefit of all involved

The above responsibilities listed for the Contractor will also apply to any appointed sub-consultants.

4.4. The Environmental Control Officer (ECO) will:

▪ Know the background to the project and monitor the implementation of the EMPr, ▪ Act as a guide, advisor and consultant to the contractors on environmental issues during

construction, implementation and rehabilitation; ▪ Be fully conversant with the EMPr; ▪ Be fully conversant with all environmental legislation and ensure compliance; ▪ Ensure that all the environmental specifications contained within this EMPr are adhered to at the

site; ▪ Regularly liaise with the Site Manager on matters relating to the environment; ▪ Compile monthly reports as to the progress of the construction phases ▪ Report to all parties involved (Site Manager, Project Proponent); ▪ Make (propose) changes (for approval) to the EMPr as necessary; and ▪ Ensure that all environmental requirements are met

The EMPr specifies the minimum requirements to be implemented by the Applicant as per the scope of works and scope of the EMPr, in order to minimise and manage the potential environmental impacts and ensure sound environmental management practices. It is essential that the EMPr requirements be carefully studied, understood, implemented, and adhered to at all time.



9/22/2017


To simplify the EMPr requirements, each aspect related to the EMPr has been addressed in the table below. Each action within the EMPr is supported by the priority of when the specific action will need to be implemented. Each of these aspects is briefly described below for ease of reference. ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECT This section highlights the various aspects associated with the project i.e. the Applicant / Contractor’s activities that will interact with the environment. ACTIONS REQUIRED/ ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES This section indicates the actions required to either prevent and/or minimise the potential impacts on the environment that is associated with the project. TIME PERIOD FOR IMPLEMENTATION This section in the table indicates when the actions for that specific aspect must be implemented and/or monitored.



9/22/2017


Construction Phase EMPr

ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECT ACTIONS REQUIRED/ MITIGATION MEASURED RESPONSIBILITY TIME PERIOD FOR IMPLEMENTATION

4.4.1. Administrative and Legal Requirements

Environmental Awareness, Roles and Responsibilities for Environmental Management

1. The overall responsibility for ensuring the implementation of this environmental management plan rests with the Applicant.

Applicant Prior to, during and after construction

2. The Applicant and appointed contractors must ensure that all permanent and temporary staff, sub-contractors and suppliers adhere to this EMPr.

Applicant / Contractors

During construction

3. Prior to the commencement of construction as well as during construction, appropriate signage must be erected along the roads warning both pedestrians and motorists of earthworks.

Contractors Prior to, during and after construction

4. The principle contractor must appoint a senior staff member directly involved in the site construction activities as the Site Environmental Officer. This person shall ensure the implementation of and adherence to the EMPr in the contractor’s execution of the day-to-day construction activities. This environmental responsibility must be specified in this person’s duties, which will also include: a. Liaison with the appointed ECO; b. The on-site implementation of the EMPr; c. Monitoring inappropriate behaviour, environmental impacts, including pollution and

environmental incidents; and d. The implementation of corrective action.

Contractor Prior to construction

5. All procedures and equipment must be used in accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act Regulations (OHSA) of South Africa, Act no. 85 of 1993.

Contractor/ ECO Prior and During construction



9/22/2017



Environmental Control Officer (ECO) 6. The Applicant must appoint a person with a qualification in environmental management

as the ECO. The ECO must be the responsible person for monitoring and reporting on compliance in respect of the implementation of the EMPr. Requirements include: a. Weekly/ Monthly monitoring of activities to ensure compliance with the EMPr; b. Liaison and ongoing communication with the site Environmental Officer; c. Ensuring environmental awareness among members of the workforce; d. Ensuring that the Contractor/s and members of the construction workforce are

aware of the requirements of the EMPr; e. Reporting of environmental incidents that may occur on site in accordance with the

requirements of the EMPr and environmental legislation; f. Daily site diary; g. A non-conformance register; and h. A public compliant register.

Applicant / ECO During construction

7. The site Environmental Officer must provide evidence to the ECO that the EMPr is being implemented and adhered to (either through inspections sheets or audit reports).

Contractor During construction

8. The contractor and site environmental officer must inform the developer/ applicant and ECO prior to the commencement of any significant construction activity.

Contractor / site environmental officer

Prior and during construction

Compliance

1. All persons employed by the developer/Applicant or their contractors, shall abide by the requirements of the EMPr.

Applicant / Contractors

Prior to and during construction

2. A fine system must be implemented for wilful negligence or non-compliance resulting in environmental degradation or pollution. The fine system must be agreed to by all parties at the outset of the construction phase.

Applicant Prior to and during construction



9/22/2017



3. Should a contractor be in breach of any of the specifications contained in the EMPr, the Applicant / ECO / lead contractor must, verbally or in writing, instruct the responsible Contractor regarding corrective and/or remedial action required, specify a timeframe for implementation of these actions, and/or indicate that work must be suspended should non-compliance continue. Contractors must be responsible and must bear the cost of any delays, corrective or remedial actions required as a result of non-compliance with the specifications and clauses of the EMPr.

Applicant / ECO / main consultant During construction

Final Payment Payment of the final invoice to contractors must not be made until a final inspection by the ECO is made and it has been confirmed that the work has been completed in accordance with the scope of work and EMPr.

ECO After construction

Environmental Training and Induction

1. In terms of section 2(h) and (j) of the NEMA, the contractor has the responsibility to ensure all personnel involved in the project are aware of, and familiar with, the EMPr, the key environmental issues and consequences of non-compliance to the EMPr.

Contractor Prior to and during construction

2. To ensure compliance to the EMPr by contractors, sub-contractors and employees, the Applicant must ensure that the EMPr forms part of the formal site induction for all contractors, sub-contractors and casual labourers, preferably in their native language. The induction training will, as a minimum, include the following: a. The environmental impacts, actual or potential, of their work activities; b. The environmental benefits of improved personal performance; c. Their roles and responsibilities in achieving compliance with the EMPr, including

emergency preparedness and response requirements; and d. The potential consequences of departure from specified operating procedures.

Applicant Prior to construction

3. All contractors, sub-contractors and casual labourers must acknowledge their understanding of the EMPr and environmental responsibilities by signing an induction attendance record.


Review The ECO, site Environmental Officer and consultant must consult and review implementation progress and discuss and resolve inter alia environmental concerns, non-compliance (including environmental incidents) and I&AP issues raised.

Main Consultant / ECO / site environmental officer

During construction



9/22/2017



4.4.2. No-Go Areas

1. Unauthorised entry, stockpiling, dumping or storage of equipment, material or waste must be strictly prohibited in identified no go areas.


2. Gathering of firewood, fruit, plants or any other natural material on site or in areas adjacent to construction sites is prohibited.

Contractor Prior to, during and after construction

3. No workers must access restoration sites indiscriminately via existing or newly shaped embankments. Identified or existing public access ways shall be used.

Contractor Prior to, during and after construction

4. Unauthorised access onto/into private properties must be strictly prohibited. Contractor

Prior to, during and after construction

4.4.3. Site Establishment

Contractor Site Establishment .

1. The site selected for a Construction Camp should ensure potential negative impacts on the biophysical environment are kept to a minimum for example (a) The Contractor and ECO must select a location that has easy access and that has

already been cleared or disturbed by previous human activity e.g. old fields, abandoned tracks or yards, previous construction camps or stockpile areas).

(b) Select a level site to minimise the chances of any soil erosion caused by storm runoff.

2. The location, which is yet to be identified and approved, must be defined, fenced off and limited to authorised contractors only.

Contractor / ECO Prior to construction

3. If the Contractor chooses to locate the camp site on private land, he must get prior written permission from the Developer/ Applicant and the landowner.

4. The contractor’s camp must be sited so as to cause the least amount of disturbance to the adjacent land owners.

Contractor/ ECO Prior to construction



9/22/2017



Sanitation (Applicable to contractor Sites)

An example of portable site toilets which can be used on site. No pit latrines are to be dug.

1. Where waterborne sewerage is not available, temporary chemical toilets must be provided by a company that has been approved by the Developer/Applicant. Such toilets must be available for all site staff. Toilets should be no closer than 50m from any natural water bodies.


2. The ECO must be consulted on the location of any temporary chemical toilets. Contractor / ECO Prior to construction

3. Chemical toilets are to be maintained in a clean state and must be moved around to ensure that they adequately service the work areas at all times. At least 15 staff per toilet. Toilet papers must be provided. Proof of safe disposal of the sewage must be obtained from the company that provides this service. This proof must be kept on site and a copy must be sent to the Department when required.


4. Under no circumstances may open areas or the surrounding bush be used as a toilet facility.


5. Bins and / or skips must be provided at convenient intervals for disposal of waste along the work areas and in the construction camp.


6. The Contractor must ensure that all litter is collected from the work areas and camp areas daily.


7. Bins and/or skips must be emptied regularly and waste must be disposed of at a registered landfill site. Waybills for all such disposals are to be kept by the Contractor for review by the Engineer / ECO.


8. A registered chemical waste company must be used to remove waste from chemical toilets on site, proof of safe disposal must be kept on site for inspection by officials of the Department.


9. Upon completion of the project or decommissioning of the construction camp, the site shall be rehabilitated to the pre-use or determined purpose for the areas. If required, any disturbed surface must be ripped and re-vegetated.

Contractor After construction

10. Recycling and the provision of separate waste receptacles for different types of waste should be encouraged.




9/22/2017



4.4.4. Access to Construction Site

Site Access

Water spray that must be used on site during construction to prevent dust.

1. Efforts must be made to create minimum disturbance to residents and businesses neighbouring the construction area.


2. The Contractor will be required to monitor the road for any signs of erosion. Should erosion occur, steps (e.g. Exposed areas must be rehabilitated with grass mix that blends in with the surrounding vegetation; Damage to re-vegetated areas must be repaired promptly; disturbed areas around the proposed site must be re-vegetated using a specified seed mix and/ or appropriated indigenous grasses, forbs, shrubs or trees) must be taken immediately to curb erosion and prevent further degradation of the road. Any serve erosion must be reported to the Engineer and rehabilitation of the area must commence immediately to avoid further erosion and sedimentation to wetlands further away from the site.

Contractor/ Engineers Prior to and during construction

3. The liberation of dust into the surrounding environment must be effectively controlled by the use of water sprays, fabric containment or curtains, where required.


4. The speed of haul trucks and other vehicles must be strictly controlled to avoid dangerous conditions, excessive dust or excessive deterioration of the road being used. A speed of 40Km / hr must be not exceeded.

Project Manager/Site Manager During construction

5. All access ways must be rehabilitated / re-instated once all plant work has been completed within a specific area to rectify any damage that may have been caused by plant or vehicles.


4.4.5. Equipment, Vehicle Maintenance Yard and Secured Storage Areas

Equipment, vehicles & storage 1. The equipment and vehicle maintenance yard must be situated within the boundaries of the construction camp only and within 32 meters from a watercourse. No equipment or vehicle maintenance shall be allowed at any other sites. Emergency repairs may be done only in cases where the vehicle or equipment cannot be moved from its location without causing further or more damage to the environment.


http://www.google.co.za/imgres?imgurl=http://www.istockphoto.com/file_thumbview_approve/12425171/2/istockphoto_12425171-water-tanker-truck-dust-suppression-on-construction-site.jpg&imgrefurl=http://www.istockphoto.com/stock-photo-12425171-water-tanker-truck-dust-suppression-on-construction-site.php&h=254&w=380&sz=48&tbnid=foAMpyRLe58s8M:&tbnh=82&tbnw=123&prev=/search%3Fq%3DTruck%2BDust%2BSuppression%2Bpicture%26tbm%3Disch%26tbo%3Du&zoom=1&q=Truck+Dust+Suppression+picture&hl=en&usg=__kcZRfqY2E9GEPlT12mgqf-gYF-Y=&sa=X&ei=kMgVTumbG4i5hAed0pmMCA&ved=0CCAQ9QEwAA



9/22/2017



2. Storage areas for building material for the proposed project and equipment must be situated in a position as agreed in consultation with the ECO. These areas must be secured to prevent unintended damage or pollution to the environment.


3. Storage areas must be designated, demarcated and fenced if necessary. Contractor Prior to construction

4. Storage areas should be secure so as to minimize the risk of crime. They should also be safe from access by children / animals etc.


5. Fire prevention facilities must be present at all storage facilities. Contractor


6. Definitions of hazardous substances / materials are those that are potentially: poisonous, flammable, carcinogenic or toxic. Some examples of hazardous substances / materials: a. diesel, petroleum, oil, bituminous products; b. cement; c. solvent based paints; d. lubricants; e. explosives; f. drilling fluids; g. pesticides, herbicides; or h. LP gas.


7. All hazardous substances must be stored within a secured storage area, with impervious lining and bunding and must be located more than 32 metres from a watercourse. Drip trays shall be used where appropriate.


8. Residents living adjacent to the construction site must be notified of the existence of the hazardous storage area.

Contractor Prior to and During construction

9. Plant and equipment shall be maintained to prevent spillage of oil, diesel, fuel or hydraulic fluid. The Contractor shall repair or withdraw equipment or machinery from use if they consider these to be polluting and irreparable.


10. A procedure for the management of oils spills must be introduced. This should address the cleaning of spillage from hard surfaces, utilising environmental friendly cleaning materials as well as the removal and disposal of polluted soil.




9/22/2017



11. On completion of all operations, the construction site must be cleared of any contaminated soil, which must be handled in accordance with the oil management procedure.


12. Fuel must be stored in tanks with lids, which will be kept firmly shut and under lock and key at all times, within a secondary containment facility.


13. No smoking must be allowed in the vicinity of storage or dispensing areas. Contractor During construction

14. Staff dealing with these materials / substances must be aware of their potential impacts and follow the appropriate safety measures.

Contractor Prior to and During construction

15. Contractors must submit a method statement and plans for the storage of hazardous materials and emergency procedures.


16. Fuel tanks must meet relevant specifications and be elevated so that leaks may be easily detected.

Contractor Prior and During Construction

17. Fuel storage areas must be at least 3.5 m from any buildings, boundaries or combustible / flammable material(s).

Contractor Prior to Construction

18. Fuel decanting and refuelling must take place within the construction camp only. 50kg of hydrocarbon absorbent shall be placed at the construction camp.

Contractor During Construction

19. Symbolic safety signs (in accordance with SABS 1186) shall be erected at storage facilities and tank capacities shall be clearly indicated (in accordance with SABS 0232).

Contractor Prior to Construction

Handling of Hazardous Materials

1. All concrete mixing must take place on a designated, impermeable surface. Contractor During construction

2. Vehicles transporting concrete to the site must not be washed on site. Contractor During construction

3. Vehicles transporting, placing or compacting asphalt or any other bituminous product must not be washed on site


4. Lime and other powders must not be mixed during excessively windy conditions. Contractor During construction

5. All substances required for vehicle maintenance and repair must be stored in sealed containers until they can be disposed of / removed from the site.




9/22/2017



An example of a spillage on site that will need to be cleaned up using the prescribed methods.

6. Hazardous substances / materials are to be transported in sealed containers or bags.




9/22/2017



Transportation of material to site. 7. If there is a transport accident resulting in leakage or spillage, the following actions should be followed:

a. Emergency action (such as Evacuation and Spill Control Techniques) must be taken to contain the spilled material and to prevent further uncontrolled spillage or leakage. Immediate steps must be taken to clear the area being impacted from any material; b. These emergency actions are normally initiated by the driver of the vehicle and executed by the emergency service personnel; c. Emergency action such as Evacuation and Spill Control Techniques should follow immediately after the incident and would normally last for three to four hours.

▪ Evacuation Persons in the immediate vicinity of a spill should immediately evacuate the premises (except for employees with training in spill response in circumstances described below). If the spill is of “medium” or “large” size, or if the spill seems hazardous, immediately notify emergency response personnel.

▪ Spill Control Techniques Once a spill has occurred, the employee needs to decide whether the spill is small enough to handle without outside assistance. Only employees with training in spill response should attempt to contain or clean up a spill.

NOTE: If you are cleaning up a spill yourself, make sure you are aware of the hazards associated with the materials spilled, have adequate ventilation, and proper personal protective equipment. Treat all residual chemical and clean-up materials as hazardous waste.

Contractor Prior and During Construction

4.4.6. Materials Management – Sourcing and Maintenance

Stockpile Management 1. Stockpiles should not exceed 2m in height unless otherwise permitted by the Applicant.




9/22/2017



2. If stockpiles are exposed to windy conditions or heavy rain, they should be covered either by cloth, depending on the duration of the project.


3. Stockpiles should be kept clear of weeds and alien vegetation growth by regular weeding.


4.4.7. Education of site Staff on General Environmental Conduct

Environmental Education and Awareness

1. Ensure that all site personnel have a basic level of environmental awareness training. The Contractor must submit a proposal for this training to the ECO for approval. Topics covered should include: - a. What is meant by “environment”; b. Why the environment needs to be protected and conserved; c. How construction activities can impact on the environment; d. What can be done to mitigate against such impacts; e. Awareness of emergency and spills response provisions; and f. Social responsibility during construction. e. g. being considerate to local

residents.


2. It is the ECO’s responsibility to provide site managers with environmental training and to ensure that the managers/foremen have sufficient understanding to pass this information onto the construction staff: a. Translators are to be used where necessary; b. The Applicant should be on hand to answer questions; c. The use of pictures and real-life examples is encouraged as these tend to be

more easily remembered; d. Use should be made of environmental awareness posters on site; e. Construction workers should be made aware that they are not to make

excessive noise (e.g. Shouting / hooting) as the sites are near to commercial & residential areas; and

f. The need for a “clean site” policy also needs to be explained to the construction workers.




9/22/2017



Worker Conduct on Site A general regard for the social and ecological well-being of the site and adjacent areas is expected of the site staff. Workers need to be made aware of the following general rules: a. No alcohol / drugs to be present on site; b. No firearms allowed on site or in vehicles transporting staff to / from site, (unless used

by security personnel); c. Prevent excessive noise; d. Prevent unsocial behaviour; e. Bringing pets onto the site is forbidden; f. No harvesting of firewood from the site or from the areas adjacent to it; g. Construction staff shall make use of the facilities provided for them, as opposed to ad-

hoc alternatives. (e.g.: fires for cooking; the use of surrounding bush as a toilet facility is forbidden);

h. Trespassing on private / commercial properties adjoining the site is forbidden; i. Driving under the influence of alcohol is prohibited; and j. Other than pre-approved security staff, no workers shall be permitted to live on site. k. No wildlife may be trapped, hunted or killed on site. Should wildlife be encountered on

site, the Engineers must be immediately alerted and through consultation with ECO, the animal removed without endangering it.


4.4.8. Fire Management

Fire Prevention 1. Fires must only be allowed in facilities or equipment specially constructed for this purpose at the construction camp.


2. No open fires or uncontrolled fires shall be permitted on site. Open fires for cooking/ heating purposes must be strictly prohibited.


3. No burning, on-site burying or dumping of waste shall occur. In terms of National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 2004 (Act No. 39 of 2004) Atmospheric pollution causes imbalances in the atmosphere. The atmosphere is the earth’s life support system and needs to be treated carefully.




9/22/2017



4. The contractor must ensure that adequate fire-fighting equipment is present on the site and all vehicles working on site at all times and in good working order.


5. The workforce must be made aware of fire prevention and fire fighting measures. Contractor


6. Any flammable material must be stored in areas where it does not present a fire hazard to surrounding vegetation and people. This includes bitumen, thinning agents, petrol, LPG containers, fuels and oils.


4.4.9. Conservation of Resource

Conservation of resources Necessary measures such as closing water taps and valves, switching off lights during daytime and preventing spillages of consumables must be taken to prevent the wastage of natural resources.


4.4.10. Pollution Control Measures

Pollution control measures

Spill kit that must be used for soil contamination

1. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for on site chemicals, hydrocarbon materials and / or waste and hazardous substances must be readily available. MSDS’s should include information pertaining to environmental impacts and measures to minimise and mitigate against any potential environmental impacts which may result from an incident.


2. The Contractor must prepare an emergency procedure and a procedure for the management e.g. storage, decanting and disposal of hazardous substances.


3. Rain water collected within containment facilities can be released, if not contaminated. If the contents of containment facilities are contaminated, the material must be removed and disposed of as hazardous waste.


http://www.google.co.za/imgres?imgurl=http://www.oilgone.co.za/spill-kit-heavy-vehicle.jpg&imgrefurl=http://www.oilgone.co.za/spill_kits.html&h=320&w=500&sz=29&tbnid=JpH532kJa5bc0M:&tbnh=83&tbnw=130&prev=/search%3Fq%3DSpill%2Bkit%2Bpictures%26tbm%3Disch%26tbo%3Du&zoom=1&q=Spill+kit+pictures&hl=en&usg=__fqQn7qxm6zOZ4YRM0KUzNfKDFHI=&sa=X&ei=aMMVTuy8OpOXhQfi54RG&ved=0CCAQ9QEwAw



9/22/2017



4. The contractor shall exercise suitable precautions e. g. (hazardous substance containers must be in good condition and compatible with the materials stored within; any spills on the exterior of the container must be cleaned immediately, all hazardous substance containers should be closed while not in use) with the storage, handling and transport of all materials that could adversely affect the environment. If pollution of any surface or groundwater occurs, it shall immediately be reported in accordance with the incident reporting and communication procedure and appropriate mitigation measures shall be employed.

Developer During construction

5. In the case of a spill of hydrocarbons, chemicals or bituminous material along the work front the spill should to be contained and the material together with any contaminated soil collected and disposed of as hazardous waste.


6. Should a pollution incident occur on site the site environmental officer and ECO must: a. Ensure the immediate implementation of reasonable measures to contain and

minimise the impacts of the incident; b. Notify all persons as per the procedure; c. Undertake clean up procedures immediately; d. Record the incident in the Environmental Incident Register; and e. Implement measures to prevent similar incidents from occurring in the future.

Site Environmental Officer / ECO During construction

7. Static tanks containing fuel, oil, grease or bituminous material must be confined to the construction camp only. Contractor During Construction

8. All general waste must be removed from the work areas on a daily basis and disposed of in suitable waste receptacles at the contractor’s camp.


Waste Management

The Contractor’s intended methods for waste management and waste minimisation shall be implemented at the outset of the contract and approved by the ECO .All personnel shall be instructed to dispose of all waste in a proper manner.



9/22/2017



4.4.11. Solid Waste Management

General Waste

An example of recycling bins that can be used to separate recycling material on site.

1. The waste management strategy must be agreed with the ECO, and must include, but not be limited to, the re-use and recycling of any solid waste generated in construction activities.


2. Where waste is transported for the purposes of disposal, a person transporting the waste must, before offloading the waste from the vehicle, ensure that the facility or place, to which the waste is transported, is authorised to accept such waste. (NEMWA, Act 59 of 2008). Proof of safe disposal must be obtained and kept on site for record keeping purposes.


3. Existing infrastructure being demolished must be reused as far as possible. Contractor During construction

4. Recyclable waste must be separated, reused and recycled at approved facilities. Proof shall be available.


5. Different waste bins, for different waste streams, must be provided to ensure correct waste separation.


6. All non-recyclable solid waste must be disposed of at a permitted landfill site, and proof must be available and presented to the ECO at the weekly site visits.


7. No building rubble must be used for any infilling work. Contractor During construction

8. Littering must be prohibited and dumping of any waste shall not be allowed in undeveloped or open areas.


9. No waste material must be burned, buried in the sand or disposed of in any area that is not a licensed landfill site.


10. Measures must be taken to reduce the potential for litter and negligent behaviour with regard to the disposal of all refuse. All places of work the contractor must provide litter collection facilities for later safe disposal at approved site. Proof of safe disposal must be obtained and kept on site for record keeping purposes.


11. General waste produced on site may include: a. Building rubble; and b. General domestic waste (food, cardboards, paper, bottles, tins).




9/22/2017



12. An adequate number of general waste receptacles must be available along the work front to collect waste from employees and to prevent littering.


13. All general waste must be removed on a daily basis and disposed of in suitable waste receptacles.


14. Bins must be clearly marked and lined for efficient control and safe disposal of waste. Contractor During construction

15. Hazardous waste must not to be mixed or combined with general waste earmarked for recycling or disposal at a licensed landfill site.


16. Waste bins must be cleaned out on a regular basis to prevent any windblown waste and/or visual or odour disturbance.


Sewage / Waste Water and Infrastructure

1. Discharge of waste from temporary chemical toilets into the environment is strictly prohibited. Contractor During construction

2. The contractor shall ensure that demolition or construction work does not damage sewage infrastructure such as pipelines, manholes or pump stations. Should incidental damage occur, Developer/ Applicant and the ECO shall be contacted immediately. Contractor During construction

Hazardous Waste

An example of hazardous material which has not been properly stored and is leaking on to bare soil. Hazardous material must always be

1. Hazardous waste produced on site may include: a. Oil and other lubricants, diesel, paints and solvent; b. Containers that contained chemicals, oils or greases; and c. Equipment, steel, other material (rags), soils and water contaminated by

hazardous substances (oil, fuel, grease or chemicals).


2. Mixing/ decanting of all chemicals and hazardous substances shall take place either on a tray or container with an impermeable surface.


3. Hazardous waste is to be disposed at a Permitted Hazardous Waste Landfill Site. The contractor must provide proof of safe disposal.

Contractor / ECO During construction

4. No material shall be left on site that may harm man or animals. Contractor During construction

5. Broken, damaged and unused nuts, bolts and washers must be picked up and removed from site.




9/22/2017



kept separate from other storage areas and must be bunded.

6. Hazardous waste bins shall be clearly marked, stored in a contained area (or have a drip tray) and covered (either stored under a roof or the top of the container shall be covered with a lid).


4.4.12. Erosion and Sedimentation Management

Erosion

1. Soil erosion through contractor activities must be prevented. Contractor


2. Suitable erosion control measures shall be implemented in areas sensitive to erosion i.e. storm water discharge points and embankments. These measures could include: a. The suitable use of sand bags or soil saver; b. The prompt rehabilitation of exposed embankment areas (with indigenous

vegetation for example where appropriate); c. The removal of vegetation, only as it becomes necessary for work to proceed; d. Preventing the unnecessary removal of vegetation especially on steep areas; or e. Taking necessary precautions in terms of design, construction and earthworks.

Contractor Prior to, during and following construction

3. The time that stripped areas are left open to exposure mustbe minimised wherever possible. Care should be taken to ensure that lead times are not excessive.


4.4.13. Water Management

Storm water 1. Section 30 of NEMA and Section 20 of National Water Act make provision that anyone who causes degradation or pollution to the environment is responsible for preventing impacts from occurring, continuing, recurring and for the costs of the repair of the environment.


2. Storm water pipelines shall be consolidated where possible to reduce the number of discharge end points within an area.


3. All waste water and contamination run-off from the storage and working areas of the site must be channelled into existing waste water management system. Contractor

Prior/ During construction



9/22/2017



Water Quality 1. Storage areas that contain hazardous substances must be bunded with an approved impermeable liner.


2. Spills in bunded areas must be cleaned up, removed and disposed of safely from the bunded area as soon after detection as possible to minimise pollution risk and reduced bunding capacity.


3. No vehicle washing is allowed on site. Contractor During construction

4. Washing of clothes, equipment or machinery within any watercourse is prohibited. Contractor During construction

5. Mixing / decanting of all chemicals and hazardous substances must take place either on a tray or on an impermeable surface. Waste from these should then be disposed of to a suitable waste site.


6. Every effort should be made to ensure that any chemicals or hazardous substances do not contaminate the soil or ground water on site.


4.4.14. Air Quality

Air Quality 1. No burning of waste, such as plastic bags, cement bags and litter, shall be permitted at the contractor or restoration sites.


4.4.15. Noise

Noise 1. Construction activities must be undertaken according to working hours stipulated by the Applicant i.e. during daylight hours only.


2. In order to prevent noise impacts resulting from construction activities, working hours are to be limited to weekdays between 7h00 to 17h00 and on Saturdays between 08h00 to 13h00.


3. If certain construction requires work outside of these hours, all adjacent landowners have to be informed prior to any construction outside of the specified hours commencing.


4. Construction vehicles and equipment generating excessive noise must be fitted with appropriate noise abatement measures.




9/22/2017



5. Construction workers must be provided with the appropriate PPE i.e. ear plugs. Contractor During construction

6. A complaints register must be provided to record any complaints regarding excessive noise.


7. All complaints received must be investigated and a response given to the complainant within 14 days.

Contractor / ECO During construction

4.4.16. Protection of Fauna and Flora

Flora and Fauna 1. The removal of all economically valuable trees or vegetation must be negotiated with the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry before such vegetation is removed. If the tree is protected or indigenous species, the relevant permit must be obtained prior to removal from the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.

ECO During Construction

2. Trees that are not to be cleared should be marked beforehand with danger tape. Contractor/ ECO During Construction

3. There must be no disturbance to any birds, animals, reptiles and their habitats. Contractor During Construction

4. No natural vegetation is to be collected for use as firewood. Contractor During Construction

5. No animals are to be disturbed and no animals are allowed to be shot, trapped or caught for any reason.


6. No large trees are to be removed for any construction activities, unless they are classified as an invader species or are part of the approved removal and transplanting program. Consultation with the ECO prior to removal will be necessary.


7. Invader species and weeds must be removed and disposed of in accordance with existing legislation on a regular basis.


Protection of Indigenous Vegetation 8. Removal of indigenous plant material from the site or surrounding and adjacent land will not be allowed.


4.4.17. Areas of Specific Importance

Archaeological Sites 1. If an artefact on site is uncovered, work in the immediate vicinity must be stopped immediately.




9/22/2017



2. The contractor must take reasonable precautions to prevent any person from removing or damaging any such article and must immediately, upon discovery thereof, inform the Developer/Applicant or ECO of such discovery.


3. Approval must be obtained from Amafa-aKwaZulu-Natali should there be the need to demolish any sites of archaeological and cultural significance during the detailed design phase of the development. Demolition/construction work may only commence once Amafa’s approval has being obtained.


4. Amafa should be contacted and in the case of graves, arrangements made for an undertaker to carry out exhumation and reburial.


5. Under no circumstances may any heritage material be destroyed or removed from site. Contractor During Construction

6. Should any remains be found on site that is potentially human remains, the South African Police Service should also be contacted.


4.4.18. Public and Workforce Safety

General 1. Dedicated pathways (temporary) for pedestrians must be developed to ensure safe passage around construction activities.


2. Construction activities should be undertaken according to working hours stipulated by the Applicant i.e. during daylight hours only.


3. Flag men shall be appointed and provide ample warning of road hazards. Contractor During construction

4. All members of the construction workforce working on the site or near the roads must be provided with the appropriate high visibility clothing to ensure that can be distinguished from the general public and be seen by motorists.


5. All construction workers handling chemical or hazardous substances must be trained in the use of such substances and the environmental, health and safety consequences of incidents.




9/22/2017



6. The workforce must be provided with sufficient potable water and under no circumstances are they to use untreated water from local watercourses for drinking.


4.4.19. Labour, Safety and Community

Labour, Safety and Community 1. The Contractor will appoint both male and female labourers from within the local surrounding or Tribal Authority area, as per the agreements reached between the Contractor and the Tribal Authority.


2. If the distance between the construction sites exceeds reasonable walking distance, the Contractor must provide transport to and from the site for the workers.


3. The Contractor must also ensure that construction personal have access to some form of medical treatment in case injuries occur.


4. The Contractor and his staff must maintain good relations with the community in the area, by respecting their lifestyles. Any disputes should be directed to the relevant social consultant for resolution. The Contractor must record and attend to any complaints from the community


Fencing 1. The site must be secured in order to reduce the opportunity for criminal activity in the locality of the construction site.


Where at all possible, excavations must not stand open longer than 2 days, and should preferably be opened and closed on the same day. They must not be permitted to stand open longer than a week under any circumstances. Excavations must be marked with tape to clearly demarcate the area and warn against access. Any such excavations must ideally be undertaken within the confines of an established construction site - i.e. a site that is either protected with a peripheral fence, or a site that has a regular / continual human presence.

Contractor

During construction



9/22/2017


4.4.20. Social Impacts

Disruption of Infrastructure and Services

1. The conduct of the construction staff when dealing with the public or other stakeholders shall be in a manner that is polite and courteous at all times. Failure to adhere to this requirement may result in the removal of staff from the site by the Applicant.


2. Disruption of access for local residents must be minimised and must have the Applicant’s permission. Complaints register must be available on site to record all complaints received from neighbours.


3. The Contractor is to inform neighbours of disruptive activities at least 24 hours beforehand. This can take place by way of posters placed at the entrance to the site and a sign next to the closest community.


4. Local communities or local community organisations shall be given preference in supplying services and labour to the construction activities. A roster of “temporary labour” shall be kept indicating “origin” of employee. Contractor Prior to construction

Visual

1. Temporary structures on site should be located such that they have as little visual impact on local residents as possible.


2. Special attention should be given to the screening of highly reflective materials on site. Contractor During construction

3. Lighting on the construction site should be pointed downwards and away from oncoming traffic and nearby houses.


4.4.2.3 Rehabilitation

Rehabilitation 1. All remaining construction infrastructure, building rubble and waste must be removed from the site as directed by the ECO.


2. The contractor’s camp site must be rehabilitated to its pre establishment condition or agreed alternative.

Contractor/ Applicant After construction

3. Waste material of any description, including receptacles, scrap, rubble and tyres, must be removed entirely from the contractor’s camp and disposed of at a recognised landfill facility.




9/22/2017


5. Removal of all new alien recruitment must be controlled before leaving the site. All alien vegetation that had re-emerged must be removed and disposed of.




9/22/2017


5. ENVIRONMENTAL CODE OF CONDUCT

One of the objectives of the EMPr is to ensure that all the workforce, contractors, sub-contractors and construction staff have an understanding of environmental issues and potential impacts on site activities. This environmental code of conduct provides the basic rules that should be strictly adhered to. It is the responsibility of the Site Environmental Officer and ECO to ensure that each contractor, sub-contractor and workforce understand and adhere to the Code of Conduct. Basic Rules of conduct DO:

• Use only the toilets • Clear litter daily • Report spills • Be careful with matches & cigarettes disposal • Use safety equipment & comply with procedures • Fire extinguisher at hand for “Hot work” • Prevent excessive dust & noise • Minimize the clearance of vegetation • Do not dispose contaminated waste water to the storm water or the environment • Never damage or remove any trees, shrubs or branches unless it forms part of working instructions; • Know the environmental incident procedures.

DON’T:

• Make any fires • Enter any fenced off or marked areas • Allow cement or cement bags to be wind blown • Allow waste, oils or any other pollutants into the storm water channels • Litter or leave food lying around • Do not mix cement and concrete directly on the ground; • Dump, allow waste of any nature into wetland, river etc; • Do not waste electricity, water or consumables; • Do not deface, draw or cut lettering or any other markings on trees, rocks or buildings in the area.



9/22/2017


Appendix 1 Letter of acceptance of Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) RE: The Proposed Sokombo Sportsfield within Ndwedwe Local Municipality To whom it may concern This is to state that the undersigned have received a copy of the Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) developed for this site by Thlaho Environmental Consultants dated July 2017. The undersigned do hereby agree to abide by the strictures of the Environmental Management Programme (EMPr). Any contravention of the EMPr will be recorded and corrective action will be carried out. Any changes to the EMPr must be approved by the Environmental Control Officer (ECO), the consultant Thlaho Environmental Consultants and the relevant authority. Such changes are to be made in writing and a record must be maintained. As Agreed on this day _______ of ______________(Month) __________(Year) Environmental Control Officer (ECO) Name ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Company-------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signed------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Contractor Name ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Company--------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signed------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Engineer Name------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Company-------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signed------------------------------------------------------------------------------



9/22/2017


Appendix 2: Compliant Register- Sokombo Sports field within Ndwedwe Local Municipality This a register for recording all complaints received from neighbours i.e. Complaints about noise, odours, dust etc.

Date of Complaint Complainant’s Name

Contact Details Nature of Complaint (date, time, duration, location)

Intended Action/ Corrective Action Taken

Date Action Completed

Name of Person taking Complaint and Date & Time of Complaint Lodged

Appendix 3: Sokombo Sportsfield within Ndwedwe Local Municipality



9/22/2017


Incident Register- This is record of incidents as defined in NEMA and the NWA. Incidents should be recorded and reported to the applicable authorities.

Date of Incident Details of Incident Parties Responsible Corrective Action Taken Date Action Completed

Appendix 4- Training Record- Sokombo Sportsfield within Ndwedwe Local Municipality This is record of training carried out on site.



9/22/2017


Date of Training Name of Attendee Company Name Details of Training Course Signature Training Provided by (Company Name, Contact Person & Contact Details)

6. CONCLUSION

The application of the measures outlined in this Management Programme will ensure that the operation will have a minimised impact on the environment. If the measures outlined are not strictly adhered to, the contractor or responsible party will be prosecuted in terms of the applicable legislation. This Management Programme will govern all activities on the project site and the actions of all employees and agents of the Contractor, be these actions during working hours or after working hours, in the vicinity of the site.



9/22/2017


7. IMPORTANT NUMBERS

GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS

DEDTEA 032 437 7500

Department of Water and Sanitation 031 336 2700

Department of Transport 033 355 8600

Department of Energy 031 335 9647

Department of Minerals and Resources 031 335 9600

KwaZulu- Natal Wildlife Services 033 845 1437

Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry 033 345 3515

Amafa AkwaZulu Natali Heritage 033 394 6543

ENVIRONMENTAL SPILLAGES

Drizit Environmental

Sales of absorbent products

084 464-0069

24- Hour Emergency Number (Spillage) 0800 202- 202

PLEASE NOTE: The Contractor will be liable for all expenses relating to spillage incidents.

BID No. NDWB 04/17/18: CONSTRUTION OF SONKOMBO SPORTS FIELD IN WARD 10


Page SI 1





INDEX

1 PART C4: SITE INFORMATION ................................................................................................................... 2

1.1 Locality Plan ......................................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 Description of site and access ............................................................................................................. 2 1.3 Nature of Ground and Subsoil Conditions ............................................................................................ 2

BID No. NDWB 04/17/18.: CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORT FIELD IN WARD 10


SI 2

1 PART C4: SITE INFORMATION

1.1 Locality Plan

The Locality Plan is provided with the set of drawings.

1.2 Description of site and access

The existing sports field is currently located in an open space, on savannah grass grassland. The site is 6km from the NdwedweTown. The site is accessible using a gravel road that extend further down to other areas. The access gravel road would be upgraded, as part of scope of work under this contract. The following site conditions apply:

Site Conditions Specific Details

Altitude above sea level Maximum 100 m

Ambient temperatures Maximum : 35ºC

Minimum : 4ºC

24 hour Average Max : 30ºC

Maximum relative humidity 40%

Environmental atmosphere Hot with summer rains and cold winters

Lightning Moderate

Limitations There are no limitations to the project site.

1.3 Nature of Ground and Subsoil Conditions

Soil investigations have not been undertaken at the sports field site. Tenderers are to satisfy themselves as to the nature of excavations to be encountered. In doing this, tenderers may carry out further investigations at their own cost. Should these investigations require visiting site and disturbing the site, the tenderers should seek approval from the Employer to carry out such investigations.



Page D 1




PART C5: DRAWINGS

INDEX 1 PART C5: DRAWINGS .............................................................................................................................. D 2

BID No. 04/17/18 CONSTRUCTION OF SONKOMBO SPORT FIELD IN WARD 10


Page D 2

1 PART C5: DRAWINGS

The drawings issued to tenders as part of the tender documents must be regarded as provisional and preliminary for the tenderer’s benefit to generally assess the scope of work. The drawings are issued as a separate book of drawings. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the latest available revision of the drawings approved for construction (AFC) At commencement of the contract, the Engineer shall deliver to the Contractor copies of the AFC drawings and any instructions required for the commencement of the works. From time to time thereafter during the progress of the works, the Engineer may issue further drawings for construction purposes as may be necessary for adequate construction, completion and defects correction of the works. All drawings and specifications and copies thereof remain the property of the Employer, and the Contractor shall return all drawings and copies thereof to the Employer at the completion of the contract. Tender drawings are issued separately and are listed hereunder:

LIST OF DRAWINGS

DRAWING DETAILS

TITLE

Element of Contract Drawing N⁰ Description

Sonkombo Sports Field

NDW-2017-03-001 Locality Plan

NDW-2017-03-002 Master Layout Plan

NDW-2017-03-003 Players Change Rooms

NDW-2017-03-004 Ablution Block

NDW-2017-03-005 Guard House